{"title":"Heritage Seeds from Seeds to Sow","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeritage seeds (or Heirloom seeds) are plant species of vegetables, flowers, and fruits grown from heritage \u003c\/span\u003eseeds\u003cspan\u003e that are passed down from generation to generation. These \u003c\/span\u003eseeds\u003cspan\u003e are open-pollinated, meaning they rely on natural pollination from insects or the wind. Heritage seeds provide reliable, consistent and tasty produce, have stood the test of time and seeds can be saved.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"courgette-romanesco-latino","title":"Courgette Romanesco Latino","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"font-weight: bold; box-sizing: border-box; color: #222222; font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'San Francisco', Roboto, 'Segoe UI', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: left; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;\"\u003eCourgette 'Romanesco Latino'\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #222222; font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'San Francisco', Roboto, 'Segoe UI', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: left; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial; display: inline !important; float: none;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ehas a characteristic ribbing in an attractive two-tone green, which looks as if someone has carefully peeled off a fine strip of skin.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt looks stunning when cut into rounds, like little cog wheels. It is great on flavour and doesn't go too 'mushy' on cooking. Great for stripped Courgette salads and a Seeds to Sow summer favourite. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 457px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eApril to May indoors or in a greenhouse, May to June outdoors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eIf sowing indoors fill a 7.5cm (3in) pot with compost, firm down and sow 1 seed per pot 2.5cm (1 in) deep. When sowing place the seed on its side. Keep soil moist at all times but do not over water.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eIf sowing outdoors, sow direct into the final growing position either in a seed bed or in a large pot or container, ensuring that each plant is 1m, in each direction, from its nearest neighbour. Sow seeds on their sides 2.5cm (1 in) deep, placing 2 seeds at each station, which will be thinned out later ensuring that the strongest seedling survives. If there is still a risk of frost in your area cover seed with a cloche. Keep soil moist at all times but do not over water.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eOnce the seedling has its first pair of leaves and a third leaf is just appearing, transplant into a larger pot. Harden off the plants for 7 to 10 days before planting them outside in their final growing position (once the risk of frost has passed). \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eFor seeds which were planted outside , thin seedlings to one plant per station.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eProtect succulent young growth from slugs and snails. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eContinue to water regularly, particularly once the plants are in flower and then when the fruits have started to swell.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eRegularly harvest the Courgette fruits to encourage more growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eJuly to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eCourgettes have both male and female flowers,  with the female bearing the fruit once it has been pollinated by the pollen from the male flower. To encourage pollination it is advisable to plant 2 to 3 courgette plants (each plant will produce up to 20 fruit) at a time and then leave the rest to the bees.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eAs courgettes are heat loving plants, a pot or container in the warmest spot on the patio  is one of the best places to grow courgettes and you won't be disappointed with their beautiful yellow flower displays in the height of summer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eThe more you pick, the more you will grow! Harvest the courgette by cutting away at the stem with a sharp knife when they are between 10 -20cm long. If you leave off harvesting, the courgettes will grow as big as 25-35 cm. This takes more energy from the plant and you will not harvest as many courgettes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eFruits that directly touch the soil can rot in wet weather so it is advisable to mulch with straw around the base of the plant.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eThe leaves of the courgettes are susceptible to powdery mildew therefore remove any infected leaves as soon as they appear.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eCalendula (Pot Marigold), Nasturtiums, Radishes, Garlic, Beans and Peas.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eCourgettes are very healthy and contain lots of Vitamin B and C as well as Calcium, Iron and Phosphate.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eCourgettes are extremely versatile and can be baked, grilled, steamed, stewed, roasted, stir fried or eaten raw.  Served simply roasted with a topping of  grated Parmesan cheese, garlic and seasoning is absolutely delicious. The flowers are also edible and can be stuffed with cream cheese, battered and deep fried. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"10","offer_id":25376516424,"sku":"CO-ROM-003","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/files\/BitmapCourgetteRomenescoLatinoNEW.png?v=1699469413"},{"product_id":"asparagus-pea","title":"Asparagus Pea","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003easparagus pea\u003c\/strong\u003e is one of the prettier vegetable plants with its sweet-pea like flowers and frilled\/winged edible pods. It will brighten up any vegetable bed or look great in a pot on a patio. It has a long summer cropping period meaning that it provides a continuous supply of asparagus tasting pods, perfect in a stir fry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable height=\"1129\" style=\"width: 468px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 119px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 333px;\"\u003eApril and May direct where they are to grow (in pots or beds or earlier indoors or under cloches).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 119px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 333px;\"\u003eSow the seeds in shallow pre-watered drills, 2cm (3\/4\") deep, each seed approximately 5cm (2\") apart. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/seedstosow.co.uk\/pages\/useful-information\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Germination\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eGermination\u003c\/a\u003e takes around 14 days, and the plant will be ready to crop in 50 days.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 119px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 333px;\"\u003eSeedlings sown indoors can be transplanted outside at end of May\/early June after a period of hardening off. Thin to 30cm between plants, with 30 cm between rows. Or for single plants, a nice big pot. Protect seed and young seedlings from bird damage by covering with netting. Stake the plants as you would peas for support. Keep plants weed free throughout the growing season. As soon as flowers appear be sure to water well in order for pods to become plump. As soon as flowers appear be sure to water well in order for pods to become plump. Plants will grow to 30-40cm in height.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 119px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 333px;\"\u003eJune to September.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 119px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 333px;\"\u003eWill crop all summer long if picked regularly. Pods camouflage well in the foliage and are therefore easier to pick in the evening as the leaves fold downwards. Pick pods when 2-3 cm long ( or a day or two after the flowers fade) to ensure the tenderest of pods (larger pods tend to be a bit stringy). Children will have lots of fun searching through the foliage for the unusual-shaped pods. As a member of the legume family, the roots of the plant will fix extra nitrogen into the soil, making it ideal for brassicas the following year.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 119px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 333px;\"\u003eGood Companions - Carrots, Radish, Turnip, Cucumber, Maize, Beans. Bad Companions - Onion Family, Gladiolus, Potato.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 119px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 333px;\"\u003eRich in vitamins A, B1, vitamin C and folic acid.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 119px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 333px;\"\u003eTo cook, just top and tail the pods, stir fry, steam or lightly boil and serve with a knob of butter and seasoning.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"40","offer_id":25858862216,"sku":"AP-ASP-001","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Asparagus_Pea.png?v=1708653460"},{"product_id":"beetroot-chioggia","title":"Beetroot \"Tonda Di Chioggia\"","description":"\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChioggia \u003c\/strong\u003eis an Italian\u003cstrong\u003e heritage \u003c\/strong\u003evariety with pink and white concentric rings (hence the alternative names of \"bullseye\" or \"candy stripe\") which looks beautiful when sliced raw. The rings do tend to fade when cooked but don't let this put you off as Chioggia has a lovely mild and sweet flavour.\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 468px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eMarch to July \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003e(Early March in a cold frame or under cloches for an earlier crop and sown in July to produce baby beet in the autumn)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eSow thinly in shallow drills 2cm (3\/4\") deep with 30cm (12\") between rows.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eIt is best to sow beetroot seeds directly into the ground (or container) when the temperature of the soil has warmed to about 7°C (44°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"8\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eEach 'seed' is actually a fruit composed of three or four seeds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/seedstosow.co.uk\/pages\/useful-information\" title=\"Thin out\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eThin\u003c\/a\u003e the seedlings gradually as they grow to an eventual spacing of 10cm (4\").\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eIf carefully removed, the seedlings can be transplanted to form additional rows.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eOnce the roots have developed and they start to swell, beetroots need to be watered moderately.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eBeetroot has shallow roots and it is important to keep the plants moist. If they experience long dry periods, the beetroot will become hairy and fibrous. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eIntermittent or inadequate watering can result in stress cracks and breakdown of roots. Don't overwater as this only encourages leaf growth and not bulb growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eDuring cool weather, the plants can be watered once a week. During very hot weather, less water can be given two to three times a week instead of a lot of water once a week.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eTo harvest lift carefully, twist off stems with your hands to prevent the plants bleeding their juice. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eJune to October\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eDon't be tempted to sow Chioggia to early as it does have a tendency to bolt.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eThe seeds require plenty of moisture to germinate. Soaking them in warm water for an hour or two prior to planting is a great way to speed up germination.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003ePrevent a glut when planting beetroot by sowing your seed in stages, a small batch at a time every couple of weeks,  will give a continuous harvest.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eIf the soil is well drained (or they are grown in a pot or container) they be left in the soil for winter in mild areas. Cover with a layer of straw for extra protection.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eGood Companions - Onions, Kohlrabi, Lettuce, Cabbage, Dwarf Beans. Aromatic Herbs, Celery, Chamomile, Spinach, Chard.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eBad Companions - tall beans, runner beans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eRich in beta carotene calcium , iron \u0026amp; folic acid.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eThe roots can be eaten cooked (boiled, steamed or roasted as  a vegetable), hot or cold, or grated raw in salads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eSmall beets are also excellent pickled.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eThe young leaves are also edible and can be eaten raw in salads or cooked like spinach.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"50","offer_id":27338600392,"sku":"BE-CHI-003b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150","offer_id":26731482568,"sku":"BE-CHI-003","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Chioggia.png?v=1549730526"},{"product_id":"broad-bean-aquadulce-claudia","title":"Broad Bean Aquadulce Claudia","description":"\u003cp\u003eA very easy to grow and popular \u003cstrong\u003eheritage Broad Bean\u003c\/strong\u003e which has lovely texture and flavour. As one of the hardiest broad beans it can be sown from autumn through to spring, and, as it establishes itself very quickly will produce you a very early crop. Awarded the RHS Award of Garden Merit in 1993.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 460px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px;\"\u003eLate October to December ( for an early summer crop) or February to April ( for a later summer crop). If your ground is frozen in February sow indoors in pots and plant out in March and April.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px;\"\u003eSow either in double rows 5cm (2in.) deep, 23cm (9in.) apart in the row with a distance of 60cm (24in.) from next set of double rows or in single rows with 45cm (18in) between rows. Sow a few extra seeds at the end of each row for transplant in case there are any failures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px;\"\u003eAs the beans get taller they will require supporting. The best way to provide this is to use stakes and string to construct a narrow box like structure around each row. This will provide enough support, when they are being blown around by wind, but will be loose enough to allow the beans to grow without damaging their stalks. As the plant grows taller, more levels of string can be added to provide additional support if required. Pinch out the little cluster of leaves at the top of the plant, when in full flower, as this should give you a heavier crop as the plant transfers energy into pod and bean production. It will also discourage black fly as they love the tender green shoots. As soon as the first pods appear ensure the beans are well watered around the base of the plant during dry periods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px;\"\u003eMay to July - Harvest 8 to 10 weeks from spring sowing when beans have begun to visibly swell inside. Regular picking (ideally 2 or 3 times a week) will keep production going for about 4 to 6 weeks. Harvest plants in stages, starting with the lowest pod first; small beans are sweeter and more tender that large ones. Pods can also be picked when they are immature to be cooked and eaten whole.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px;\"\u003eTo remove the pods from the plant, give them a sharp twist in a downward direction. Bean plants are nitrogen fixers. When cropping is over, cut plants down and dig in as a green manure. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px;\"\u003eSweet Peas, Nasturtiums to encourage bees to pollinate.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px;\"\u003eVitamins A, C and E and Protein.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px;\"\u003eHarvested from plot to plate in minutes serve either simply with a knob of butter after lightly boiling for 2 minutes or as a base of a humous, risotto or in a salad mixed with Feta and Bacon. For the best flavour, pick the beans when they are starting to show through the pod while the scar on the end of the beans is still white or green (although they can still be enjoyed after the scar has turned black). \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"35","offer_id":26733771080,"sku":"BB-AQC-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Aquadulce.png?v=1549730531"},{"product_id":"broad-bean-sutton-dwarf","title":"Broad Bean Sutton Dwarf","description":"\u003cp\u003eA dwarf or bush variety which yields as well as most tall varieties which makes this \u003cstrong\u003eperfect to grow in pots\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is both reliable and has great flavour and was awarded \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/seedstosow.co.uk\/pages\/useful-information\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"RHS AGM\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eRHS Award of Garden Merit\u003c\/a\u003e in 1993.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 452px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eLate October to December ( for an early summer crop) or February to April ( for a later summer crop). If your ground is frozen in February sow indoors in pots and plant out in March and April.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eSow either in double rows 5cm (2in.) deep, 23cm (9in.) apart in the row with a distance of 60cm (24in.) from next set of double rows or in single rows with 45cm (18in) between rows. Sow a few extra seeds at the end of each row for transplant in case there are any failures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eAs the beans get taller they will require supporting. The best way to provide this is to use stakes and string to construct a narrow box like structure around each row. This will provide enough support, when they are being blown around by wind, but will be loose enough to allow the beans to grow without damaging their stalks. As the plant grows taller, more levels of string can be added to provide additional support if required. Pinch out the little cluster of leaves at the top of the plant, when in full flower, as this should give you a heavier crop as the plant transfers energy into pod and bean production. It will also discourage black fly as they love the tender green shoots. As soon as the first pods appear ensure the beans are well watered around the base of the plant during dry periods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eJune and July - Harvest 8 to 10 weeks from spring sowing when beans have begun to visibly swell inside. Regular picking (ideally 2 or 3 times a week) will keep production going for about 4 to 6 weeks. Harvest plants in stages, starting with the lowest pod first; small beans are sweeter and more tender that large ones. Pods can also be picked when they are immature to be cooked and eaten whole.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eTo remove the pods from the plant, give them a sharp twist in a downward direction. Bean plants are nitrogen fixers. When cropping is over, cut plants down and dig in as a green manure. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eSweet Peas, Nasturtiums to encourage bees to pollinate.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eVitamins A, C and E and Protein.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eHarvested from plot to plate in minutes serve either simply with a knob of butter after lightly boiling for 2 minutes or as a base of a humous, risotto or in a salad mixed with Feta and Bacon. For the best flavour, pick the beans when they are starting to show through the pod while the scar on the end of the beans is still white or green (although they can still be enjoyed after the scar has turned black). \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"35","offer_id":26735149576,"sku":"BB-SUD-002","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_The_Sutton.png?v=1549730532"},{"product_id":"broccoli-purple-sprouting-early","title":"Broccoli Purple Sprouting Early","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis is a very popular \u003cstrong\u003esprouting variety\u003c\/strong\u003e due to it being hardy and producing a high crop of purple spears in both early and late versions. The more you pick the more that will grow making this an excellent crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 459px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 306px;\"\u003eSow in February to March in trays or modules indoors, or outdoors from March onwards, undercover if necessary at first, until June. You can sow sprouting broccoli direct from mid-April to mid-May – towards the start of that window for early varieties and the end of it for late ones. Be mindful of weather conditions in your area.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 306px;\"\u003eSow in rows  2cm (3\/4in) deep, 60cm (24in) between each seed and 60cm (24in) between each row.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 306px;\"\u003eWater sprouting broccoli plants regularly and do not allow them to dry out as this may impair their development. Protect the growing plants from pigeons and cabbage white butterfly (who lay their eggs on the plant) using fruit nets. As the plant grows larger you may need to build up soil around the base to give it more support.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 306px;\"\u003eNov to April. Sprouting broccoli can be harvested when the flower shoots are well developed but before the flowers have actually opened. Cutting the central spear will encourage side shoots to develop quickly. Timing is important, as once in flower, the shoots are woody and tasteless. The only problem with this vegetable is that it takes a year to mature. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 306px;\"\u003eThe more you pick the more that will grow. When you stop picking it will run to seed. Plants mature faster in warmer weather and may be quick to bolt therefore ensure well watered. Consider placing mulch around the base of the plant to keep the roots cool to further prevent the risk of bolting. Be sure to rotate your crops, as planting brassicas in the same ground more often than once every four years runs the risk of club root infestation which can take up to 10 years  to eradicate.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 306px;\"\u003eTry growing sprouting broccoli with Nasturtiums to draw cabbage white butterflies away from your crop, and mint (preferably in pots) to help deter flea beetles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 306px;\"\u003eA good source of vitamins A , C \u0026amp; Iron.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 306px;\"\u003eServe simply after lightly boiling (3 to 6 mins) or with knob of butter and seasoning or with garlic. Can also be stir fried until tender or eaten raw in salads. The Purple spears turn almost green when cooked. Sprouting broccoli can be frozen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":26735264520,"sku":"BR-PSE-001","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/bitmap_Purple_Sprouting_Early.png?v=1549730532"},{"product_id":"cabbage-durham-early","title":"Cabbage Durham Early","description":"\u003cp\u003eA dual purpose \u003cstrong\u003ecabbage\u003c\/strong\u003e variety which you can start picking as tender '\u003cstrong\u003espring greens\u003c\/strong\u003e' very early in the season, providing a welcome harvest when there's little else around. If left to maturity it produces dark green, medium sized conical headed cabbages which have a great texture and tasty flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 469px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 147px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 310px;\"\u003eSow indoors from March to May for Summer harvesting or July to August to overwinter for a spring harvest the following year.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 147px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 310px;\"\u003eSow seed thinly in a prepared seed bed in shallow drills 1.5cm (3\/4\") deep. Keep well watered. Once the seeds have germinated, thin the seedlings to 8cm (3in) between each plant ensuring they are planted firmly in the soil. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 147px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 310px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings are between 6 and 8cm high ( 2.5 to 3in) high they are ready for transplanting to their final growing site. Water well the day before transplanting and plant out where legumes grew the year before and the soil is nitrogen rich. Draw earth up around the base of each stem to improve the plants stability.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 147px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 310px;\"\u003eSpring greens ready to harvest from February onwards, March to early May for mature cabbage heads. Earliest heads can be cut, leaving the stump in the ground to produce a second crop of small leafy heads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 147px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 310px;\"\u003eCover young plants with a protective netting or fleece to prevent attack from birds and insects. Place a collar around the stem of each plant to prevent cabbage root fly attacks. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 147px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 310px;\"\u003eMint: Useful against Cabbage White Butterflies, Aphids and Flea Beetles, Thyme: To ward off Cabbage worm. Also useful: Sage, Oregano, and Nasturtium.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 147px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 310px;\"\u003eExcellent source of vitamins A, C and B, Iron and Potassium. The darkest leaves contain the most nutrients. Low in calories!\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 147px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 310px;\"\u003ePick the tender Spring Greens and saute in butter or serve with garlic and lemon juice. The use for the mature cabbages are endless - a few suggestions would be to use them in coleslaw, a stir fry, spring rolls ,soups and stews.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":26735553800,"sku":"CA-DUE-001","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Durham_Early.png?v=1549730535"},{"product_id":"broccoli-raab-cima-di-rapa","title":"Broccoli Raab (Cima Di Rapa)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBroccoli Raab\u003c\/strong\u003e have Broccoli 'like' tender shoots, produced on dwarf plants which have a very long growing season. Easy and fast to grow (ready in just 60 days) Raab can be a good substitute to ordinary Broccoli, however it is a great vegetable in its own right and used extensively in both Chinese and Italian cuisine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 458px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eSow February to May and then again August to October (early and late sowings may benefit from being under cloche protection). June and July sowings can be made but the plants are more likely to bolt. Fertile, moisture retentive soil preferred.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eSow thinly in pre-watered rows 1.5cm (1\/2in) deep and 30cm (12in) between each row. Plants will germinate in 7 to 14 days.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eThin out seedlings to 25cm (10in) apart and transplant seedlings to fill gaps. Water well, until plants are well established. Plants will be ready to harvest in approx. 60 days.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eHarvest plants before buds open, at a height of 25 to 38 cm (10 to 15 in).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eRegular sowings every 2 to 3 weeks will ensure a continuous supply from May through to October. If harvested carefully the plant will often resprout several times giving a second or third harvest.  To achieve this, cut the plants where the stem tissue ceases to be tough and becomes succulent. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eTomato, cucumber, onion, lettuce, chard, celery, bush bean, potato, beet, carrot, and spinach.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eCalcium, potassium, iron, and vitamins K, C, and A. Rich with antioxidants.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eCook Broccoli Raab like you would sprouting broccoli - sautéed, boiled or steamed. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":26753044936,"sku":"BRO-RAA-003-","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":27338927304,"sku":"BRO-RAA-003b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Broccoli_Raab.png?v=1734514605"},{"product_id":"brussels-sprout-evesham","title":"Brussels Sprout Evesham","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn old English variety which produces generous crops early in the season and over a long period. The strong, medium sized plant produces stems of fat, firm and delicious \u003cstrong\u003esprouts\u003c\/strong\u003e from September right through to December.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 455px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 156px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 285px;\"\u003eSow Feb to March indoors and March to April outdoors (if weather is cold offer cloche protection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 156px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 285px;\"\u003eSow thinly in seed beds (which have already been watered) or in modules 2cm (3\/4 in) deep. As soon as seedlings show their first pair of leaves, pot on into trays 5cm (2\") apart. Gradually harden off before planting in the growing site 60cm (24\") apart in May. Thin outdoor seedlings as soon as possible to 10cm (4\") apart. When danger of frost has passed move to final position with 60cm spacing. Plant them firmly and water well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 156px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 285px;\"\u003eDraw soil around the stems firmly after planting out to increase stability. As the plants get taller they may require staking especially in exposed areas. If the plants are not growing well in mid summer apply a general organic fertilizer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 156px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 285px;\"\u003eSeptember to December. Harvest is usually improved after the first frosts. Remove sprouts from the main stem with a sharp knife, breaking off will damage the main stem. Take the lowest sprouts first and work up the stem as required.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 156px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 285px;\"\u003eMay require a protective netting or fleece to prevent bird attack.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 156px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 285px;\"\u003eBeets, carrots, marigolds, mints, nasturtiums, onions, rosemary, sage, thyme.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 156px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 285px;\"\u003eHighest level of vitamin C in all vegetables , also contains pro-vitamin A \u0026amp; B. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 156px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 285px;\"\u003eCan be served simply boiled (7 to 10 mins depending on size), or sliced in half and sautéed with bacon. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":26753461192,"sku":"BS-EVS-001","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Brussels_Sprout_Evesham.png?v=1549730534"},{"product_id":"cabbage-red-drumhead","title":"Cabbage Red Drumhead","description":"\u003cp\u003eA popular \u003cstrong\u003eheritage variety\u003c\/strong\u003e which is easy to grow producing good looking, tasty and sweet compact deep red cabbage heads. The colourful vitamin rich heads can be served either cooked or raw in salads (great for coleslaw).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Drumhead\u003c\/strong\u003e is renowned for holding both its flavour and colour when cooked or pickled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 464px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 305px;\"\u003eSow successionally from late Feb to early May. Early sowings should be under a cloche, in a propagator on a windowsill or in a greenhouse.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 305px;\"\u003eSow seed thinly in a prepared seed bed in shallow drills 1.5cm (3\/4\") deep. Keep well watered. Once the seeds have germinated, thin the seedlings to 8cm (3in) between each plant ensuring they are planted firm in the soil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 305px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings are between 6 and 8cm high ( 2.5 to 3in) high they are ready for transplanting to their final growing site. Water well the day before transplanting. Plant firmly around 30cm apart and 30cm between rows. Draw earth up around the base of each stem and 'firm in' to improve the plants stability.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 305px;\"\u003eFrom early September to the end of December.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 305px;\"\u003eCover young plants with a protective netting or fleece to prevent attack from birds and insects. Place a collar around the stem of each plant to prevent cabbage root fly attacks. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 305px;\"\u003eMint: Useful against Cabbage White Butterflies, Aphids and Flea Beetles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 305px;\"\u003eExcellent source of vitamins K, C and B, Manganese and Potassium. Low in calories. The vitamin C equivalent, a measure of antioxidant capacity, of red cabbage is six to eight times higher than that of green cabbage. Red cabbage is one of the most nutritious and best tasting vegetables around — a great addition to a healthy way of eating. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 305px;\"\u003eRed cabbage brightens up most dishes. It can be used in coleslaw or salads and pickled or braised. Lock in the colour by adding a touch of vinegar when cooking red cabbage in water and try not to over boil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":26754388552,"sku":"CA-RED-002","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Red_Drumhead.png?v=1549730537"},{"product_id":"cabbage-golden-acre-earliest-of-all","title":"Cabbage Golden Acre Earliest of all","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn excellent early summer ball head cabbage produced on a compact plant which is great for successional sowing and will mature in approximately 10 weeks. it is therefore, \u003cstrong\u003eperfect for pots\u003c\/strong\u003e as well as the main vegetable plot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tight green heads have great texture and flavour and are delicious cooked or shredded raw in salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 460px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eSow successionally from February to June. Early sowings should be under a cloche, in a propagator on a windowsill or in a greenhouse.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eSow seed thinly in a prepared seed bed in shallow drills 1.5cm (3\/4\") deep. Keep well watered. Once the seeds have germinated, thin the seedlings to 8cm (3in) between each plant ensuring they are planted firmly and deep to anchor them in the soil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings are between 6 and 8cm high ( 2.5 to 3in) high they are ready for transplanting to their final growing site. Water well the day before transplanting. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eJune to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eCover young plants with a protective netting or fleece to prevent attack from birds and insects. Place a collar around the stem of each plant to prevent cabbage root fly attacks. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eMint: Useful against Cabbage White Butterflies, Aphids and Flea Beetles, Thyme: To ward off Cabbage worm. Also useful: Sage, Oregano, and Nasturtium.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eExcellent source of vitamins A, C and B, Iron and Potassium. The darkest leaves contain the most nutrients. Low in calories!\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003ePick the tender Spring Greens and sauté in butter or serve with garlic and lemon juice. The use for the mature cabbages are endless - a few suggestions would be to use them in coleslaw, a stir fry, spring rolls ,soups and stews.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":26754746888,"sku":"CA-GAE-003","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":27339438600,"sku":"CA-GAE-003b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Golden_Acre.png?v=1549730536"},{"product_id":"calabrese-green-sprouting","title":"Calabrese Green Sprouting","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis variety was first cultivated by the Romans and was introduced to America in the 1880's. Since then, it has become very popular in western vegetable gardens. It is so popular because it can be \u003cstrong\u003egrown and picked over a long season\u003c\/strong\u003e, producing many side shoot broccoli spears once the central head has been harvested.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is disease resistant, hardy and easy to grow, and the quick maturity (50 to 70 days) means that it is also great for succession sowing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 468px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eMarch to June (or from March to October in a Polytunnel). Early sowings should be made under cover until risk of frost has passed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eSow the seeds thinly in well prepared seedbeds or modules, 1cm deep in short rows 30cm apart. Sow thinly, reducing the amount of future thinning required and the potential risk from pests.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eAs seedlings emerge, thin out to 5cm apart. When seedlings are 10-15cm tall transplant to growing site spacing plants at least 30cm apart. Water the day before moving and keep well watered.  Provide fleece protection until risk of frost has gone in late May. September sown seedlings should be grown on in a cold greenhouse\/cold frame and planted out early March. Protect with netting from the cabbage white butterfly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eJune onwards (2- 3 months after sowing - depending when sown). Harvest the heads in tight bud with a sharp knife leaving a small stalk.  Harvest regularly as this will encourage side shoots to grow quickly and will extend the cropping period which can be up to 8 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eIf seeds have been sown direct and require thinning you can always create extra rows if you are careful with the removed seedlings. Calabrese do not like bare root transplanting therefore make sure you take plenty of soil with the seedlings and plant in a deep drill of 2.5cm deep to give the seedling a good anchorage. Lower crop density (wider spacing) gives a longer period of harvest, as more secondary heads are produced. Plants mature faster in warmer weather and may be quick to bolt therefore ensure well watered and harvested on a regular basis. Consider placing mulch around the base of the plant to keep the roots cool to further prevent the risk of bolting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eRadishes, peas, beets and nasturtiums are all useful companions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eExcellent source of vitamins C , K and B  and low in calories.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eCalabrese is best steamed rather than boiled as it will retain its flavour and texture better. Small spears can also be stir-fried. The thicker stalks are great for making soups like Broccoli \u0026amp; Stilton Soup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":27340434952,"sku":"CAB-GRS-002","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Green_Sprouting.png?v=1549730538"},{"product_id":"carrot-autumn-king-2","title":"Carrot Autumn King 2","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarrot Autumn King 2\u003c\/strong\u003e is a heavy cropping variety which produces deep orange, thick roots of 25-30cm long.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA great addition to your vegetable garden, this seed produces sweet, tasty carrots over a long harvesting period which store well over winter. Awarded the RHS Award of Garden Merit in 1995.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 462px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eSow successionally from March to August.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eCarrots grow best in light, deep, fertile, well drained and stone free soil. If your soil is too heavy or compacted, they can be grown in a deep pot or container. Carrots do not like recently manured soils so beds are best prepared during the previous autumn. Sow carrot seeds, 1cm (1\/2in) deep, in Rows 30cm apart outdoors. Cover early sowings with a fleece to protect from hard frosts. Sow the seeds as thinly as you can to minimise future thinning, which can attract carrot root fly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings start to show their first set of leaves, thin out leaving 5 to 7cm between each seedling. It is best to thin seedlings on a still evening after watering. Ensure that you remove all unused seedlings or alternatively, if you have sown thinly enough, wait until you have some young carrots which can be pulled to  'thin as you eat'. Use a fleece to cover seedlings to protect from carrot root fly. Water enough to ensure that soil does not dry out, but do not over water as this can encourage leaf rather than root growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eJune to November.(approx. 70 days after sowing). Harvest in the evening by pulling out roots carefully or by using a hand fork to ease out the roots. Water soil before harvesting if the soil is dry.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eAs carrot seeds are very small and difficult to handle, to aid in sowing thinly, mix the carrot seeds with a small amount of horticultural sand and sprinkle this mixture along a prepared seed drill. To further deter carrot root fly ( which are low flying)  consider surrounding carrot bed with a fleece barrier at least 60cm high. Earth up around growing carrots to prevent green crowns. Ensure all carrots are harvested before first heavy frosts. Remove leaves 1cm above root and place in layers, covered by light sand and store somewhere cool and dry. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eChives, Garlic, Rosemary, Sage, spring onion, Leeks and mint.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eHigh in antioxidant beta-carotene which converts to vitamin A in the body.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eHome-grown carrots smell and taste sweeter than any shop bought variety and therefore they are delicious eaten raw in salads or as crudités with dips. They can be cooked and served in many ways (boiled, steamed, roasted, glazed, mashed, stir fried or made into soup or added to casseroles and cakes). Just avoid over cooking them to ensure they retain all their nutrients and beautiful sweetness.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"500","offer_id":27340658248,"sku":"CAR-AUK-001-","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Autumn_King_2.png?v=1549730540"},{"product_id":"carrot-chantenay-2-red-cored","title":"Carrot Chantenay 2 Red Cored","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarrot Chantenay 2 Red Cored\u003c\/strong\u003e is a stump rooted variety which is perfectly suited for growing in pots or containers from early in the season and then successionally through to late summer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has evenly shaped orange stump roots, that can be harvested for almost 5 month of the year, giving you a delicious sweet crisp carrot, one that children will love. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 462px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eSow successionally from March to August.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eCarrots grow best in light, deep, fertile, well drained and stone free soil. If your soil is too heavy or compacted, they can be grown in a deep pot or container. Carrots do not like recently manured soils so beds are best prepared during the previous autumn. Sow carrot seeds, 1cm (1\/2in) deep, in Rows 30cm apart outdoors. Cover early sowings with a fleece to protect from hard frosts. Sow the seeds as thinly as you can to minimise future thinning, which can attract carrot root fly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings start to show their first set of leaves, thin out leaving 5 to 7cm between each seedling. It is best to thin seedlings on a still evening after watering. Ensure that you remove all unused seedlings or alternatively, if you have sown thinly enough, wait until you have some young carrots which can be pulled to  'thin as you eat'. Use a fleece to cover seedlings to protect from carrot root fly. Water enough to ensure that soil does not dry out, but do not over water as this can encourage leaf rather than root growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eAugust to December.(approx. 70 days after sowing). Harvest in the evening by pulling out roots carefully or by using a hand fork to ease out the roots. Water soil before harvesting if the soil is dry.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eAs carrot seeds are very small and difficult to handle, to aid in sowing thinly, mix the carrot seeds with a small amount of horticultural sand and sprinkle this mixture along a prepared seed drill. To further deter carrot root fly ( which are low flying)  consider surrounding carrot bed with a fleece barrier at least 60cm high. Earth up around growing carrots to prevent green crowns. Ensure all carrots are harvested before first heavy frosts. Remove leaves 1cm above root and place in layers, covered by light sand and store somewhere cool and dry. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eChives, Garlic, Rosemary, Sage, spring onion, Leeks and mint.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eHigh in antioxidant beta-carotene which converts to vitamin A in the body.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eHome-grown carrots smell and taste sweeter than any shop bought variety and therefore they are delicious eaten raw in salads or as crudités with dips. They can be cooked and served in many ways (boiled, steamed, roasted, glazed, mashed, stir fried or made into soup or added to casseroles and cakes). Just avoid over cooking them to ensure they retain all their nutrients and beautiful sweetness.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"500","offer_id":27341065992,"sku":"CAR-CRC-002-","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100","offer_id":27341768392,"sku":"CAR-CRC-002b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Chantenay_2_Red_Cored.png?v=1549730541"},{"product_id":"carrot-early-nantes-2","title":"Carrot Early Nantes 2","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Nantes 2\u003c\/strong\u003e is a\u003cstrong\u003e heritage variety\u003c\/strong\u003e from Nantes in France where it was a kitchen garden favourite due to its sweet flavour and tender orange (and virtually coreless) flesh. It can be grown both as a second early or as a maincrop carrot and it has long cylindrical stump rooted carrots which are rounder at both the top and the tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 470px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 335px;\"\u003eSow successionally from Feb to August. Cover early sowings with a fleece to protect from hard frosts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 335px;\"\u003eCarrots grow best in light, deep, fertile, well drained and stone free soil. If your soil is too heavy or compacted, they can be grown in a deep pot or container. Carrots do not like recently manured soils so beds are best prepared during the previous autumn. Sow carrot seeds, 1cm (1\/2in) deep, in Rows 30cm apart outdoors. Cover early sowings with a fleece to protect from hard frosts. Sow the seeds as thinly as you can to minimise future thinning, which can attract carrot root fly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 335px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings start to show their first set of leaves, thin out leaving 5 to 7cm between each seedling. It is best to thin seedlings on a still evening after watering. Ensure that you remove all unused seedlings or alternatively, if you have sown thinly enough, wait until you have some young carrots which can be pulled to  'thin as you eat'. Use a fleece to cover seedlings to protect from carrot root fly. Water enough to ensure that soil does not dry out, but do not over water as this can encourage leaf rather than root growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 335px;\"\u003eJune to October (approx. 110 days after sowing). Harvest in the evening by pulling out roots carefully or by using a hand fork to ease out the roots. Water soil before harvesting if the soil is dry.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 335px;\"\u003eAs carrot seeds are very small and difficult to handle, to aid in sowing thinly, mix the carrot seeds with a small amount of horticultural sand and sprinkle this mixture along a prepared seed drill. To further deter carrot root fly ( which are low flying)  consider surrounding carrot bed with a fleece barrier at least 60cm high. Earth up around growing carrots to prevent green crowns. Ensure all carrots are harvested before first heavy frosts. Remove leaves 1cm above root and place in layers, covered by light sand and store somewhere cool and dry. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 335px;\"\u003eChives, Garlic, Rosemary, Sage, spring onion, Leeks and mint.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 335px;\"\u003eHigh in antioxidant beta-carotene which converts to vitamin A in the body.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 335px;\"\u003eHome-grown carrots taste sweeter than any shop bought variety and therefore they are delicious eaten raw in salads or as crudités with dips. They can be cooked and served in many ways (boiled, steamed, roasted, glazed, mashed, stir fried or made into soup or added to casseroles). Just avoid over cooking them to ensure they retain all their nutrients and sweetness.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"500","offer_id":27345599368,"sku":"CAR-EAN-003-","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100","offer_id":27548047432,"sku":"CR-EAN-003b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_early_nantes.png?v=1549730541"},{"product_id":"cauliflower-all-year-round","title":"Cauliflower All Year Round","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCauliflower All Year Round\u003c\/strong\u003e, as the name suggests, can be sown and\/or harvested for almost the entire year and it is therefore an excellent choice for successional sowing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt produces good quality tight white heads or curds which can be eaten straight away, or frozen. Also, a good variety for showing as it can be left in the ground for longer periods than other varieties after the head has formed with little deterioration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 466px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 115px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 337px;\"\u003eJan to Feb under glass. March to May outdoors and Sept to Oct in coldframes to over winter.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 115px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 337px;\"\u003eIn Jan and Feb sow thinly, 1cm (1\/2in) deep, in modules or clean trays of pre watered compost. Keep in a greenhouse or on a windowsill and keep moist at all times\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 337px;\"\u003e From March to May sow thinly, 1cm (1\/2in) deep, either direct into a seed bed (rows 45cm apart) or again in modules and keep under a cloche or in a coldframe until risk of frost has lifted. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 115px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 337px;\"\u003eIf sown direct, once the seedlings start to appear, gradually thin out to 45 cm over a few weeks, thus ensuring you are left with the strongest plants.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 337px;\"\u003eIf sown indoors gradually acclimatise the cauliflower plants to outdoor conditions over 7 to 10 days.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 337px;\"\u003eIf sown in trays or modules plant out into the final growing position, when the plants have 3-4 true leaves (approx. 5 weeks after sowing), 45cm apart and 45cm between each row. Water the day before moving, and keep well-watered until established. Continue to protect with a ground fleece until risk of frost has lifted.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 337px;\"\u003eCauliflowers benefit greatly from being fed a high nitrogen fertiliser to boost growth and curd formation. The soil around the root system should also be kept moist at all times.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 337px;\"\u003eProtect cauliflower heads from direct sun and poor weather by folding over the outer large leaves and securing them if required. This should prevent yellowing and give you beautiful white heads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 115px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 337px;\"\u003eJune to October, when the head is firm and tight.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 115px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 337px;\"\u003eConsider putting mulch around the base of the plant to encourage the soil to stay moist and keep in nutrients\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 337px;\"\u003eProtect from Cabbage White Butterfly with netting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 115px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 337px;\"\u003eNasturtium and mint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 115px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 337px;\"\u003eGreat source of vitamin C and A,  potassium,  and very high in fibre when eaten raw.  Ideal for slimmers as it's low in calories unless of course you serve it with cheese sauce !\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 115px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 337px;\"\u003eCauliflower can be eaten raw in salads, steamed, or boiled. The best way of all, though, is with a rich creamy cheese and mustard sauce cooked in the oven with lashings of melted cheese on top.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"150","offer_id":27346691848,"sku":"CA-AYR-001","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_All_year_round.png?v=1549730543"},{"product_id":"french-bean-climbing-borlotto-lingua-di-fuoco","title":"French Bean Climbing 'Borlotto Lingua di Fuoco'","description":"\u003cp\u003eLiterally meaning 'Tongue of Fire',\u003cstrong\u003e Borlotto Lingua Di Fuoco\u003c\/strong\u003e is a very striking green bean covered with streaks of red.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis multi purpose, Italian \u003cstrong\u003eHeritage\u003c\/strong\u003e variety, can either be eaten young in the pod or shelled and eaten as a flageolet bean with a soft nutty flavour. This a very attractive climbing bean looks wonderful in the garden either in a \u003cstrong\u003epot\/container\u003c\/strong\u003e or in a garden bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 458px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eSow indoors late April and May, outdoors in late May to July.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eSow indoors in compost filled pots 4cm (1.5in) deep. Place in a warm sunny position and water regularly until they germinate. Sow direct outdoors, placing 2 seeds at the base of each support (at least 23cm (9in) apart), 4 cm ( 1.5in) deep.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eIt is best to construct a support prior to sowing or planting beans. They will climb up sticks, canes, heavy sting, wire or mesh nylon net. The support could be in the form of a wigwam of canes or  mesh net attached to 2 horizontal posts approx. 1.8m in height.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eFrench beans prefer moist, fertile soil in a sunny position, sheltered from strong winds. Prepare the seed bed or pot\/container by digging over and adding plenty of organic material to help retain moisture. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eTransplant seeds sown indoors to a final growing position once the risk of frost has passed. Place a seedling at the base of each support (at least 23cm (9in) apart) and water well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eFor seeds sown direct, remove the weakest seedling at each support station. As the seedlings grow encourage them to grow up the support.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eKeep weed free and water well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eJuly to September\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003ePrior to sowing place seeds on damp paper towelling until they swell as this will initiate germination.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eTry sowing beans in compost filled toilet roll cardboard inners, this allows the soil to be free draining and also allows gives the roots plenty of room to grow. When the seedlings are ready to plant out the cardboard rolls they can be placed directly into the seed bed minimising root disturbance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eOnce the beans have reached the top of the support, remove the growing tip. This will encourage the plant to focus more of its energy on growing beans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003ePick beans often and do not allow them to get too large (before you can see the bean seed shape inside). This will encourage a longer and heavier crop and prevent the beans becoming stringy.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eGood Companions: Rosemary, peas, cucumbers, carrots, chives, radishes, lettuce, nasturtiums.  \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eBad  Companions: Onion or fennel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eA good source of vitamins A, K and folic acid.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eFrench beans are a mild and versatile vegetable. They can be served whole, sliced or shelled. Add whole or halved to salads, sautéed or steam with other vegetables or chop and cook in curry, risottos, omelettes and casseroles. They are also a  good vegetable to freeze after blanching. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"40","offer_id":27348049160,"sku":"FB-BOR-002","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"15","offer_id":27348049224,"sku":"FB-BOR-002b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/files\/BitmapBorlotto_2.png?v=1699470067"},{"product_id":"french-bean-dwarf-tendergreen","title":"French Bean Dwarf Tendergreen","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrench Bean Dwarf Tendergreen\u003c\/strong\u003e is a very productive and easy to grow variety of French Dwarf bean. The green and virtually stringless pods are as the name suggests, very tender especially when picked young.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs it is a \u003cstrong\u003edwarf plant\u003c\/strong\u003e it has a self supporting habit (grows to about 50cm high) so it can be grown easily in a \u003cstrong\u003epot or container\u003c\/strong\u003e on a patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"1056\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"173\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eSow indoors late April and May, outdoors in late May to July.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eFrench beans prefer moist, fertile soil in a sunny position, sheltered from strong winds. Prepare the seed bed or pot\/container by digging over and adding plenty of organic material to help retain moisture. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eFrench Dwarf beans are mostly self supporting, sow seeds 8cm \/ 3in apart and the plants will support each other. If you do want to train plants and keep the beans off the ground, It is best to construct a support prior to sowing or planting beans. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eSow indoors in compost filled pots 4cm (1.5in) deep. Place in a warm sunny position and water regularly until they germinate. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eSow direct outdoors, placing 2 seeds at the base of each support (at least 23cm (9in) apart), 4 cm ( 1.5in) deep.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eTransplant seeds sown indoors to final growing position once the risk of frost has passed. Place a seedling at the base of each support (at least 23cm (9in) apart) and water well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eFor seeds sown direct, remove the weakest seedling at each support station. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eAs the seedlings grow encourage them to grow up the support.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eKeep weed free and water well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eJuly to September\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003ePrior to sowing place seeds on damp paper towelling until they swell as this will initiate germination.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eTry sowing beans in compost filled toilet roll cardboard inners, this allows the soil to be free draining and also allows gives the roots plenty of room to grow. When the seedlings are ready to plant out the cardboard rolls they can be placed directly into the seed bed minimising root disturbance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eOnce the beans have reached the top of the support, remove the growing tip. This will encourage the plant to focus more of its energy on growing beans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003ePick beans often and do not allow them to get too large. This will encourage a longer and heavier crop and prevent the beans becoming stringy.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eThis variety is open-pollinated which means saved bean seeds will grow true to type when planted in subsequent years. Different varieties of French Beans can cross-pollinate each other so keep them well apart if you want to produce beans of exactly the same variety.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eGood Companions: Rosemary, peas, cucumbers, carrots, chives, radishes, lettuce, nasturtiums.  \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eBad  Companions: Onion or fennel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eRich in protein and fibre and additionally offer potassium, selenium, iron, manganese, vitamins A, C and K, and calcium. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"883\"\u003eFrench beans are a mild and versatile vegetable. They can be served whole, sliced or shelled. Add whole or halved to salads, sautéed or steam with other vegetables or chop and cook in curry, risottos, omelettes and casseroles. They are also a  good vegetable to freeze after blanching. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"50","offer_id":27348379848,"sku":"FB-TEN-003","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Tendergreen.png?v=1549730570"},{"product_id":"kale-dwarf-green-curled","title":"Kale Dwarf Green Curled","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKale 'Dwarf Green Curled'\u003c\/strong\u003e is a popular heritage variety which has frilly, densely curled green leaves. It can be eaten raw when young in salads, or when mature cooked with the flavour sweetening once exposed to frost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is exceptionally hardy and easy to grow and can be harvested over a long period from early summer right through until early spring. Its dwarf, compact habit means it is great to grow in pots or containers or in small exposed gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 466px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eMarch to April indoors or in a greenhouse, May to June outdoors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eSow seed indoors (at 10-15°C\/50-60°F) in moist compost filled trays or modules, 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep, with 2 seeds per module. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eSow seed direct outdoors, thinly, in a prepared bed or in a pot or container, 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep in rows 45cm (18in) apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eKale prefers an open, sunny site with well-drained soil. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eFor seed sown indoors, as soon as they have their first pair of leaves, prick out into individual pots. Harden off indoor sown seedlings for 7 days prior to planting out when they are about 15cm (6in) tall. Plant out 45cm (18in) apart with rows 45cm (18in) apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eFor seeds sown outdoors, thin out seedlings to 45cm (18in) apart once they are large enough to handle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eOccasional liquid feed beneficial to encourage continuous healthy growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003eHarvest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003e3 months after sowing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eWhen transplanting kale, plant it slightly deeper in the ground than it was in the seedbed. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eRemove yellowing or rotting leaves which may appear round the base.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eEarth up at the end of autumn to help protect against frost and wind.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eFrost will help to sweeten the taste and also encourage the leaves to wrinkle and curl, creating a more satisfying, textural leaf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eGood Companions: Beets, Celery, Cucumbers, Dill, Garlic, Lettuce, Mint, Nasturtium, Onions, Potatoes, Rosemary, Sage, Spinach, Swiss chard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eBad Companions: Strawberry, tomato, beans, mustards, basil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003ePro-vitamin A, vitamin C, iron \u0026amp; folic acid, and calcium.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eKale can be steamed, boiled, stir fried or added to soups and stews. Kale also goes well shredded raw in salads. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":27350777864,"sku":"KA-DGC-002","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"80","offer_id":27351012040,"sku":"KA-DGC-002b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Dwarf_Curly_Green.png?v=1549730589"},{"product_id":"kale-nero-di-toscana-black-tuscan-kale","title":"Kale Nero Di Toscana (Black Tuscan Kale)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKale 'Nero di Toscana' \u003c\/strong\u003eis an Italian \u003cstrong\u003eheritage\u003c\/strong\u003e variety with distinct smoky green-black, savoy type leaves which look like a crown of feathers in full maturity. It has a great peppery flavour and can be eaten raw, when young, in salads or when mature, cooked in a variety of ways, with the flavour sweetening once exposed to frost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is very hardy and low maintenance and can be harvested over a long period from early summer right through until early spring. A great addition to your garden, either \u003cstrong\u003egrown in a pot or container\u003c\/strong\u003e or in a vegetable bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 458px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 122px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 44px;\"\u003eFebruary to April indoors or in a greenhouse, May to July outdoors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 122px; height: 176px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 44px;\"\u003eKale prefers an open, sunny site with well-drained soil. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 66px;\"\u003eSow seed indoors (at 10-15°C\/50-60°F) in moist compost filled trays or modules, 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep, with 2 seeds per module. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 66px;\"\u003eSow seed direct, thinly, in a prepared bed or in a pot or container, 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep in rows 45cm (18in) apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 132px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 122px; height: 286px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 132px;\"\u003eFor seed sown indoors, as soon as they have their first pair of leaves, prick out into individual pots. Harden off indoor sown seedlings for 7 days prior to planting out when they are about 15cm (6in) tall. Plant out 45cm (18in) apart with rows 45cm (18in) apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 66px;\"\u003eFor seeds sown outdoors, thin out seedlings to 45cm (18in) apart once they are large enough to handle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 44px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 44px;\"\u003eOccasional liquid feed beneficial to encourage continuous healthy growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 122px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 22px;\"\u003eJune to March, 3 months after sowing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 122px; height: 219px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 66px;\"\u003eWhen transplanting kale, plant it slightly deeper in the ground than it was in the seedbed. Kale is exceptionally hardy and requires little aftercare.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 43px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 43px;\"\u003eRemove yellowing or rotting leaves which may appear round the base.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 44px;\"\u003eEarth up at the end of autumn to help protect against frost and wind.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 66px;\"\u003eFrost will help to sweeten the taste and also encourage the leaves to wrinkle and curl, creating a more satisfying textural leaf.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 122px; height: 132px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 88px;\"\u003eGood Companions: Beets, Celery, Cucumbers, Dill, Garlic, Lettuce, Mint, Nasturtium, Onions, Potatoes, Rosemary, Sage, Spinach, Swiss chard.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 44px;\"\u003eBad Companions: Strawberry, tomato, beans, mustards, basil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 122px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 44px;\"\u003ePro-vitamin A, vitamin C, iron \u0026amp; folic acid, and calcium.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 122px; height: 110px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 110px;\"\u003eKale can be steamed, boiled, stir fried or added to soups and stews. Kale also goes well shredded raw in salads. Used extensively in Italian cooking, it goes well with Pork, Lamb, mushrooms and Garlic.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":27351807048,"sku":"KA-BLA-001","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"80","offer_id":27351807112,"sku":"KA-BLA-001b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Black_Tuscany.png?v=1549730590"},{"product_id":"leek-swiss-giant-zermatt","title":"Leek Swiss Giant Zermatt","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeek Swiss Giant Zermatt\u003c\/strong\u003e is an extremely versatile dual-purpose variety, which is great for both baby and full size leek production. This versatility means they are a great variety to \u003cstrong\u003egrow in pots or containers\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing you to harvest an early crop of baby leeks from August onwards, leaving room for full sized leeks to mature and harvest from September through to November.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are easy to grow, disease resistant, delicious and tender eaten both young and mature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 460px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eFebruary to March indoors or March to April outdoors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eSow seed indoors ( at 10-15°C\/50-60°F) in moist compost filled trays or modules, 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep, with 3-4 seeds per module. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eSow seed direct outdoors, thinly, in a prepared bed 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep in drills which are 30cm apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eLeeks prefer a sunny, sheltered site with fertile and well-drained soil, ideally with a pH or 6.5 to 7.5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eWhen seedlings grown indoors are large enough to handle, transplant to individual pots and grow on indoors or in a greenhouse until April.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eWhen seedlings are grown to roughly the diameter of a pencil, transplant into their final growing position (ensuring you harden off indoor sown seedlings for 7 days prior to planting out).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eUsing a dibber, make a 15cm (6in) deep hole which are 23cm (9in) apart.  Place a seedling in the centre and back fill the hole with water (not soil) to encourage blanching. This known as 'dibbing in' the leeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eOnce the hole around the leek has filled up, gently firm up the soil above ground level to increase blanching. Be careful not to get the soil between the leaves.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eAugust to November (August for baby leeks, mature leeks from September onwards).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eTo ensure a long harvest start lifting the leeks when they are quite small.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eLeeks can be left in the ground during winter until they are required.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eWhen harvesting be careful not to damage the roots of nearby leeks which you are not harvesting. Work the stem and root upwards with a fork and gently pat the soil back in place.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eGood Companions : beetroot, carrot, celery, garlic, onion, parsley, tomato\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eBad Companions : Beans and peas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eLeeks can be steamed or boiled, braised in a cheese sauce and used in soups and stews. They are a great milder alternative to onions and go well in pies with fish and chicken. Zermatt baby leeks are a great mild alternative to spring onions and can be eaten raw in salads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"100","offer_id":27352057608,"sku":"LK-SGZ-002","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":27352057672,"sku":"LK-SGZ-002b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Standard_Seed_packet_Leek_-_Swiss_Giant_Zermatt.svg-g9180-890.png?v=1549730594"},{"product_id":"leek-musselburgh","title":"Leek Musselburgh","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeek 'Musselburgh' i\u003c\/strong\u003es a popular and reliable winter hardy variety which produces medium sized thick white stems with an excellent mild flavour and tender texture. Its winter hardiness enables it to be left in the ground throughout winter giving you a crop when there is little else to harvest. It also has good resistance to bolting and problematic leek rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 465px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eFrom February indoors or from April outdoors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eSow seed indoors ( at 10-15°C\/50-60°F) in moist compost filled trays or modules, 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep, with 3 -4 seeds per module. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eSow seed direct, thinly, in a prepared bed, 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep in drills which are 30cm apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eLeeks prefer a sunny, sheltered site with fertile and well-drained soil, ideally with a pH or 6.5 to 7.5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eWhen seedlings grown indoors are large enough to handle, transplant to individual pots and grow on indoors or in a greenhouse until April.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eIn April \/May, when the seedlings sown indoors and outdoors are roughly the diameter of a pencil, transplant into their final growing position ensuring you harden off indoor sown seedlings for 7 days prior to planting out.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eUsing a dibber, make a 15cm (6in) deep hole which are 23cm (9in) apart.  Place a seedling in the centre and back fill the hole with water (not soil) to encourage blanching. This known as 'dibbing in' the leeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eOnce the hole around the leek has filled up, gently firm up the soil above ground level to increase blanching. Be careful not to get the soil between the leaves.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eAugust through to March.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eTo ensure a long harvest start lifting the leeks when they are quite small.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eLeeks can be left in the ground during winter until they are required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eWhen harvesting be careful not to damage the roots of nearby leeks which you are not harvesting. Work the stem and root upwards with a fork and gently pat the soil back in place.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eGood Companions : beetroot, carrot, celery, garlic, onion, parsley, tomato\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eBad Companions : Beans and peas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eHigh in folic acid, potassium, vitamin A and vitamin C.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eLeeks can be steamed or boiled, braised in a cheese sauce and used in soups and stews. They are a great milder alternative to onions and go well in pies with fish and chicken.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"250","offer_id":27352804296,"sku":"LK-MUS-001","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Musselburgh.png?v=1549730593"},{"product_id":"lettuce-little-gem","title":"Lettuce Little Gem","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCos Lettuce 'Little Gem'\u003c\/strong\u003e produces small compact, crisp, hearts with an excellent sweet flavour and crunchy texture. They are a quick maturing variety, with a tolerance to heat and therefore a fair resistance to bolting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn \u003cstrong\u003eeasy to grow\u003c\/strong\u003e lettuce, ideal for sowing successionally meaning that it is perfect to grow when space is limited, in a \u003cstrong\u003epot or container\u003c\/strong\u003e on the patio. An RHS Award of Garden Merit winner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 464px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eSow successionally end of February to August (Feb to May indoors or in a greenhouse\/ May to August outdoors).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eSow indoors or in a greenhouse, thinly in moist compost filled modules or trays, 1cm (1\/2in) deep. Germination rates best at 4 to 16°C (40 to 60°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eSow outdoors, thinly in final growing position, 1cm (1\/2in) deep, with rows 30 cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eLittle Gem prefers light, well drained, moisture retentive, fertile soil in a sunny open site but will tolerate light shade in summer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003ePrick out indoor sown seeds (May) into individual pots and grow on until ready to transplant to final growing positions after hardening off for 7 days. Plant 25cm (10in) apart in rows 30cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eFor outdoor sowings, as soon as seedlings are large enough to handle, thin out weakest seedlings until plants are spaced 25cm (10in) apart. Seedlings can be transplanted into other rows ensuring that they are watered in well.  \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather and in the 2 weeks prior to harvesting, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eJune to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eHarvest before the central stem starts to form as this is a sign the plant is ready to bolt.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eGood Companion: Carrot, garlic, onion, radish and nasturtiums.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eBad Companion: None\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eA good source of antioxidants such as beta-carotene and vitamin C and K.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eLittle Gem Lettuce are delicious eaten raw in salads, or braised or sautéed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"1000","offer_id":27371272840,"sku":"LET-LGE-003-","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"200","offer_id":27371272904,"sku":"LET-LGE-003b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Lettuce_little_gem.png?v=1549730597"},{"product_id":"lettuce-all-year-round","title":"Lettuce All Year Round","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll year round\u003c\/strong\u003e is a 'Butterhead' lettuce variety which has crisp, compact and creamy white hearts, surrounded by sweet and succulent textured green leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can been sown from early spring to late summer and with adequate protection in colder weather can be harvested, as the name suggest, all year round. This \u003cstrong\u003eheritage variety\u003c\/strong\u003e has been around since pre 1870 and is known as hardy and reliable and slow to bolt in dry hot weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 456px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eMarch to April indoors or in a greenhouse , May to September outside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eSow indoors or in a greenhouse thinly in moist compost filled modules or trays, 1cm (1\/2in) deep. Germination is best at 10 to 16°C (50 to 60°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eSow outdoors in final growing positions, 5cm apart and 1cm (1\/2in) deep, with rows 30 cm (12in) apart. Early and late sowing will benefit from cloche\/ or fleece protection.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eLettuce prefers light, well drained, moisture retentive, fertile soil in a sunny open site but will tolerate light shade in summer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eFor indoor sowings prick out seedlings into individual pots and grow on until ready to transplant to final growing position in late April\/Early May after hardening off for 7 days. Plant 25cm (10in) apart in rows 30cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eFor outdoor sowings, as soon as seedlings are large enough to handle, thin out weakest seedlings until plants are spaced 25cm (10in) apart. Seedlings can be transplanted into other rows ensuring that they are watered in well.  \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather and in the 2 weeks prior to harvesting and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eJan to Dec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eSmall sowings every 3 weeks will give you a continuous crop throughout the year.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eThe lettuce is ready to harvest when the central head is firm when pressed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eHarvest before the central stem starts to form as this is a sign the plant is ready to bolt.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eGood Companion: Carrot, garlic, onion, radish as nasturtiums.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eA good source of antioxidants such as beta-carotene,  and vitamin C as well as vitamin K.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eLettuce butterheads have crisp leaves and are great mainstay of many salads. The leaves can be used as a healthy alternative to wraps and eaten with Mexican or oriental fillings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"1000","offer_id":27371807432,"sku":"LT-AYR-002","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"200","offer_id":27371807496,"sku":"LT-AYR-002b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_All_Year_Round_d32b73d9-4eca-4334-b847-bf14b1b1ca44.png?v=1773937717"},{"product_id":"cauliflower-romanesco-minaret","title":"Cauliflower Romanesco Minaret","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCauliflower Romanesco Minaret\u003c\/strong\u003e is an absolutely stunning vegetable, which is actually neither Cauliflower or Broccoli but somewhere in between, with a taste and texture similar to cauliflower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe symmetrical head of lime green pointy curds is visually wonderful and if you grow it yourself you may be unable to bring yourself to break apart and eat it. However, if you do you will be rewarded with its delicious sweet, nutty flavour and crisp texture that makes this vegetable taste every bit as good as it looks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChildren will love this, with its almost alien appearance, and with its high nutritional value this is vegetable that you will definitely want to try.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 461px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eApril to Mid June (Spring to Mid-summer) outdoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eLike all brassicas, Romanesco cauliflower is best started off in a seedbed or in modules of seed compost. Sow thinly, 1cm (½ in) deep, either direct into a seed bed (rows 45cm apart) or in generous sized modules and keep under a cloche or in a coldframe until risk of frost has lifted.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eIf sown direct, once the seedlings start to appear, gradually thin out to 45 cm over a few weeks, thus ensuring you are left with the strongest plants.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eIf sown indoors or under cover gradually acclimatise the cauliflower plants to outdoor conditions over 7 to 10 days. Like all young plants that have been started off under cover, they will need to be hardened off before they are planted out.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eIf sown in trays or modules plant out into the final growing position, avoiding root disturbance, when the plants have 3 to 4 true leaves (approx. 5 weeks after sowing), 45cm apart and 45cm between each row. Water the day before moving, and keep well-watered until established. Continue to protect with a ground fleece until risk of frost has lifted.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eCauliflowers benefit greatly from being fed a high nitrogen fertiliser to boost growth and curd formation. The soil around the root system should also be kept moist at all times.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eProtect cauliflower heads from direct sun and poor weather by folding over the outer large leaves and securing them if required. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eSeptember to November\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eConsider putting mulch around the base of the plant to encourage the soil to stay moist and keep in nutrients. Protect from Cabbage White Butterfly with netting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eNasturtium and mint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eGreat source of vitamin C and A,  potassium and very high in fibre when eaten raw.  Ideal for slimmers as it's low in calories unless of course you serve it with cheese sauce !\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eCauliflower Romenesco can be eaten raw in salads, steamed, or boiled. The best way of all, though, is with a rich creamy cheese and mustard sauce cooked in the oven with lashings of melted cheese on top.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"100","offer_id":27384495048,"sku":"CA-ROM-002","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Romanesco_d1737c53-a9f9-4b60-8f87-f7e83afe8b75.png?v=1549730544"},{"product_id":"lettuce-corn-salad-verte-de-cambrai","title":"Lettuce Lamb's Lettuce - Corn Salad Verte De Cambrai","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLamb's Lettuce - Corn Salad 'Verte De Cambrai'\u003c\/strong\u003e is a French Heritage variety which is easy to grow and very cold hardy, and is therefore great for winter salads or as an alternative to spinach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact plants have small decorative green leaves, with a mild sweet buttery flavour with a succulent texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 451px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px;\"\u003eSow successionally from August to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px;\"\u003eVerte De Cambrai prefers rich moist, well cultivated soil in a sunny open site but will tolerate light shade in summer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px;\"\u003eSow seeds thinly in growing position either in a seed bad or a pot\/container, 0.5cm (1\/4in) deep in rows 23cm (9in) apart for single plants or 15cm (6in) apart for cut and come again leaves.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px;\"\u003eEarly autumn sowings will benefit from frost protection with a cloche\/fleece or by placing pot\/container in a greenhouse.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px;\"\u003eGradually thin out seedlings to 15cm (6in) apart, using seedlings as baby leaves.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px;\"\u003eRegular cropping of leaves encourages new growth. Cut ( with a knife) young leaves for salads, leaving the more mature leaves for cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eHarvest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px;\"\u003eOctober to January.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px;\"\u003ePlants may run to seed in very warm and dry conditions, to prevent this avoid sowing during hot summer months and keep the plants well watered and sow successionally.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px;\"\u003eIf left to run to seed in the spring they will self-seed and seedlings can be transplanted to a new site.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px;\"\u003eCan be grown in between slower growing vegetables, such as Brassicas, as a catch crop or as a row marker.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px;\"\u003eA very good source of Vitamin A, C, B6, Iron (1\/3 more than spinach), Phosphorus and Potassium.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px;\"\u003eThe young mild leaves can be eaten raw in salads or the more mature leaves cooked like spinach.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"1000","offer_id":27523524936,"sku":"LT-VDC-004","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bimap_Lambs_Lettuce_Verte_De_Cambrai.png?v=1734514605"},{"product_id":"salad-leaves-land-cress","title":"Salad Leaves Land Cress","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLand Cress\u003c\/strong\u003e is a great substitute to watercress and is a lot easier to grow, as it does not require as much moisture and is very tolerant of cold weather. It has a strong peppery flavour virtually identical to watercress which is delicious in salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be grown successionally and harvested for most of the year, with protection in colder months, and as a cut and come again plant is great to grow in a pot or container on a patio to harvest right from your back door. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 463px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eSow successionally from March to September. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eLand cress prefers a semi shaded site with moist, nutrient rich soil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eSow seeds thinly in growing position either in a seed bed or a pot\/container, 1cm(1\/2in) deep in rows 23cm (9in) apart for single plants or 15cm (6in) apart for cut and come again leaves.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eEarly spring and early autumn sowings will benefit from frost protection with a cloche\/fleece or by placing pot\/container in a greenhouse.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eWhen seedlings are large enough to handle thin out to 15cm apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eHarvest leaves when they are about 10-15cm (4 to 6in) long. The more you cut the more it will grow.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eHarvest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eJune to November.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003ePlants may run to seed in very warm and dry conditions, to avoid this keep well watered and sow successionally.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eRemove any flower stems as soon as they appear to prolong the cropping period.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eLand Cress makes an excellent green manure. Once the plant has finished producing usable leaves simply dig them back into the ground.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eGood companion: Brassicas, onions, chives, peppermint, spearmint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eGood source of Vitamins A and C, minerals Iron and Calcium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eThe young leaves can be eaten raw, cooked or as a seasoning. They are delicious in salads and as a watercress substitute.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"500","offer_id":27523629000,"sku":"LT-LCR-005","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/files\/BitmapSaladLeaveslandCress.png?v=1699474371"},{"product_id":"salad-leaves-red-salad-bowl","title":"Salad Leaves Red Salad Bowl","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Salad Bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e has decorative burgundy-bronze leaves which look great growing in \u003cstrong\u003eeither a pot or container\u003c\/strong\u003e, in the vegetable bed or as part of an ornamental flower bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fast growing variety, which is slow to bolt, can be used as cut and come again leaves or harvested as a full head (58 days to maturity). Red Salad bowl not only looks very attractive it also has sweet, succulent leaves and was awarded the RHS Award for Garden Merit in 1995 \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 455px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eSow successionally end of February to August (Feb\/March indoors or in a greenhouse\/ April to August outdoors)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eRed salad bowl prefers light, well drained, moisture retentive, fertile soil in a sunny open site but will tolerate light shade in summer. Sow indoors or in a greenhouse, thinly in moist compost filled modules or trays, 1cm (1\/2in) deep. Sow outdoors, thinly in final growing position, 1cm (1\/2in) deep, with rows 30 cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eFor indoor sowings prick out into individual pots and grow on until ready to transplant to final growing position, in late April\/Early May, after hardening off for 7 days. Plant 20cm (8in) apart in rows 30cm (12in) apart. For outdoor sowings, as soon as seedlings are large enough to handle, thin out weakest seedlings until plants are spaced 20cm (8in) apart. seedlings can be transplanted into other rows ensuring that they are watered in well.  Water well, especially during periods of dry weather and in the 2 weeks prior to harvesting, and keep weed free. Regular cropping of baby leaves encourages new growth (up to 4 cuts) or cut the whole heads of mature plants when they are large enough to harvest.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eHarvest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eApril to October\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eHarvest before the central stem starts to form as this is a sign the plant is ready to bolt.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eGood Companion: Carrot, garlic, onion, and radish. Bad Companion: None\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eA good source of antioxidants such as beta-carotene, vitamin C as well as vitamin K.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003ePerfect in salads as either baby leaf or mature leaves.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"500","offer_id":27523723720,"sku":"LT-RSB-001","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100","offer_id":27523723784,"sku":"LT-RSB-001b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Red_Salad_Bowl.png?v=1773937719"},{"product_id":"parsnip-tender-and-true","title":"Parsnip Tender and true","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eParsnip Tender and true\u003c\/strong\u003e is a heritage parsnip variety that produces long white roots which grow very straight in deep stone free soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe parsnip flesh has a lovely sweet flavour and it has good resistance to canker. It is popular for both exhibition and culinary use. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 465px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eApril to May.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eSow parsnip seeds thinly at a depth of 2cm (3\/4 in) in their final growing site (parsnips do not transplant well), with rows 45cm (18in) apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eAvoid sowing in cold or very wet soil, delay sowing if in doubt, as later sowings should make up any lost time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eParsnips grow best in light, deep, fertile, well drained  and stone free soil. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eThin out the seedlings, when they are large enough to handle to 10cm (4\") apart within each row.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eKeep weed free, ensuring that you do not disturb the root and water well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eOctober to February (tastier after frost).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eTo ensure best results it is  advisable to use fresh seed each year as the viability of parsnip seed reduces quite rapidly in comparison to most other vegetable seed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eGermination of parsnip seeds is slow  (up to 5 weeks) , soaking them overnight  prior to sowing  should speed up germination. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eAs germination is slow, consider sowing a row of radishes alongside to mark your parsnip row. Harvest the radish at the same time you thin out the parsnip seedlings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eParsnips can be stored for up to 4 months in a cool dry place.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eGood companions : Peas, potatoes, beans, radish, garlic.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eBad companions : Carrot, celery, caraway.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eA good source of energy boosting carbohydrates and high in Vitamin C and Potassium.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eParsnips can be cooked and served in many ways (boiled, steamed, roasted, glazed, mashed, made into soup or added to casseroles and cakes or as an accompaniment to your favourite roast meat ).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"100","offer_id":27524164936,"sku":"PA-TEN-002","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Tender_True.png?v=1549730608"},{"product_id":"pea-kelvedon-wonder","title":"Pea Kelvedon Wonder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKelvedon Wonder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a popular dwarf pea variety, which is self supporting and is therefore ideal to \u003cstrong\u003egrow in pots\u003c\/strong\u003e or containers and in small gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA variety which can be sown successionally from late February through to July, giving a long cropping season. It produces pods with 6-8 well flavoured, sweet plump peas and is high yielding and reliable and which has been awarded the RHS Award of Garden Merit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 452px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eFeb\/March (indoors or undercover) to July (direct outdoors).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003ePeas prefer well drained , fertile soil which has been manured the previous autumn. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eSow indoors or in a greenhouse\/cold frame in Feb\/March, in modules. Sow 5cm (2in) deep and 5cm (2in)apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eSow direct in a flat bottom, weed free,  drill 5cm (2in) deep and 10cm (4in) wide from April onwards. Space seeds 5cm (2in) apart, in the drill, and then cover with soil and firm down with the end of a rake. Space each drill 60cm apart to allow access for picking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eProtect early seedlings outdoors from birds and to encourage growth with either a fleece or cloche.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eWhen seedlings planted in modules are well established and hardened off, transfer to their final growing position. Space modular plants 5cm (2in) apart around pea sticks or support frames.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eOnce seedlings are established, only water if conditions are very dry as overwatering at this stage encourages leafy growth at the expense of pods. Once the flowers appear, increase watering to encourage pod formation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eMulch heavily around the base of the plants as soon as seedlings established to keep weeds down.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eDwarf varieties of pea are self supporting, however if planted in an exposed area supports such as pea sticks, netting, trellis or string between canes may be useful.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eJune to September.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eTo improve the chances of success of early sowings cover the seed bed with either a cloche or fleece, a couple of weeks prior to sowing to warm up the soil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eTo increase the cropping season, sow pea seeds successionally every 2 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eIf you are  short on space, a catch crop of radish or lettuce can be sown between the pea drills, which can be harvested before the peas are ready to be picked.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eThis is an open pollinated variety so you can save seeds and they will come true to type next year.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eGood Companions:  Beans, Carrots, Corn, Cucumbers, Lettuce, Parsnips, Potatoes, Radishes, Spinach and Turnips.  Bad  Companions: Garlic and onions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eA good source of Vitamin A and Vitamins C, B1 and folic acid.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eIf they make it to the kitchen and are not eaten straight from the pod in the garden like ours, shelled peas are best cooked within 30 minutes of being harvested to preserve the sweet flavour. Lightly boil and served with a knob of butter. The young pea shoots can also be picked and eaten raw or lightly cooked.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"250","offer_id":27524367560,"sku":"PE-KEL-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":27524518280,"sku":"PE-KEL-001b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Lg-003_Pea_Kelvedon_Wonder.svg-g5547-266.png?v=1612954191"},{"product_id":"pea-tom-thumb","title":"Pea Tom Thumb","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTom Thumb\u003c\/strong\u003e is the best pea variety to \u003cstrong\u003egrow in pots\u003c\/strong\u003e or containers, due to its compact and limited stature (20cm) and also because it is ready to harvest in 7 to 8 weeks from sowing (meaning that it can be successionally sown several times during the growing season).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt produces pods of peas which are sweet, tender and tasty and the pods can also be harvested and eaten when young. Children will love this petite variety with attractive white flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 464px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eFeb\/March (indoors or undercover) to June.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003ePeas prefer well drained , fertile soil which has been manured the previous autumn. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eSow indoors or in a greenhouse\/cold frame, either in modules or in a length of guttering (with blocked ends to hold the compost in place). Sow 5cm (2in) deep and 5cm (2in)apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eSow direct in a flat bottom, weed free drill or in a pot\/container,  5cm (2in) deep and 10cm (4in) wide from April onwards. Space seeds 5cm (2in) apart and then cover with soil and firm down with the end of a rake. Space each drill 60cm apart to allow access for picking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eProtect early seedlings outdoors, from birds and to encourage growth, with either a fleece or cloche.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eWhen seedlings, planted in indoors or guttering are well established and hardened off, transfer to their final growing position. If grown in a gutter gently push the soil\/compost out of the guttering into a shallow trench (with similar dimensions to guttering) and firm down and water. Space modular plants 5cm (2in) apart into a bed or into a pot\/container.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eOnce seedlings established, only water if conditions are very dry, as overwatering at this stage encourages leafy growth at the expense of pods. Once the flowers appear, increase watering, to encourage pod formation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eMulch heavily around the base of the plants, as soon as seedlings established, to keep weeds down.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eMay to September\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eTo improve the chances of success of early sowings ( soil temperature needs to be at least 7C\/45F), cover the seed bed or container with either a cloche or fleece, a couple of weeks prior to sowing to warm up the soil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eTo increase the cropping season, sow pea seeds successionally every 2 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eIf you are  short on space, a catch crop of radish or lettuce can be sown between the pea drills, which can be harvested before the peas are ready to be picked.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eGood Companions:  Beans, Carrots, Corn, Cucumbers, Eggplant, Lettuce, Melons, Parsnips, Potatoes, Radishes, Spinach and Turnips   \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eBad  Companions: Garlic and onions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eA good source of Pro-Vitamin A and Vitamins C, B1 and folic acid.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eShelled peas are best cooked within 30 minutes of being harvested, to preserve the sweet flavour. Lightly boil and served with a knob of butter. The young pea shoots can also be picked and eaten raw or lightly cooked.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"30","offer_id":27524890760,"sku":"PE-TOM-002","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/BitmapTomThumb.png?v=1734514605"},{"product_id":"radish-french-breakfast","title":"Radish French Breakfast","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eFrench heritage\u003c\/strong\u003e variety has a long cylindrical shaped root of crimson red with a white tip. It is very quick to mature and has a lovely sweet mild flavour and crisp texture. It is great to grow in pots and containers and can be grown from early spring right through to autumn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 461px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 22px;\"\u003eMarch to September.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 198px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 88px;\"\u003eSow thinly in shallow drills 1.5cm(1\/2in) deep,  direct in growing position, with 15cm (6in) between rows either in a well prepared seed bed or in a pot or container.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 66px;\"\u003eSow successionally every 2 to 3 weeks to have a continuous supply throughout summer and early autumn.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 44px;\"\u003eProtect early sowings, with either a cloche or fleece, from frosts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 44px;\"\u003eThin seedlings as required, leaving 5cm (2in) between each plant.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 44px;\"\u003eKeep well watered, especially in dry periods, and weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 22px;\"\u003eApril to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 264px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 66px;\"\u003eAs a catch crop, radishes can be grown in the space between longer maturing vegetables such as Brassicas, to maximise usage of your plot.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 66px;\"\u003eTo avoid the situation where too many radishes are ready to harvest at once, only sow short rows each time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 44px;\"\u003eFor best texture and flavour pick roots when they are still small and young.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 88px;\"\u003eTo avoid radishes running to seed too quickly in hot summer months, consider moving pots or containers to a shadier position and keep well watered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 66px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 66px;\"\u003eGood Companions : Beans, beets, cabbage, carrots, corn, cucumber, lettuce, parsnip, peas, spinach, squash and tomato.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 44px;\"\u003eRich in vitamin C and potassium. Contains beneficial sulphur compounds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 44px;\"\u003eGreat as a snack served whole with dips or sliced in a salad. Try them grated in coleslaw.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"300","offer_id":27525513096,"sku":"RA-FRE-001","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100","offer_id":27525513160,"sku":"RA-FRE-001b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Frecnh_Breakfast.png?v=1549730614"},{"product_id":"perpetual-spinach-leaf-beet","title":"Perpetual Spinach 'Leaf Beet'","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerpetual Spinach 'Leaf Beet'\u003c\/strong\u003e is actually not a spinach at all but a kind of chard and a member of the beetroot family. It grows, looks and tastes very similar to Spinach. The one major advantage it has over spinach is that it does not run to seed in warm\/dry conditions like spinach can and therefore it is an extremely useful and productive crop to have in any garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpinach Perpetual continues to grow as a cut and come again crop and is very hardy (it will crop almost all year round which is why it is called perpetual). Perpetual Spinach is a great container vegetable and is \u003cstrong\u003eperfect for pots\u003c\/strong\u003e in small spaces, patios and balconies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 461px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eApril to June for summer cropping, or in August\/September to overwinter.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 220px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 88px;\"\u003ePerpetual spinach will grow almost anywhere, but prefers fertile and well draining soil in a open sunny site. Preferred pH neutral to slightly acidic (6.5pH to 7.0pH) soil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 66px;\"\u003eEarly sowings can be made indoors, in modules or trays. Sow 1 seed cluster per module 1cm (1\/2in) deep.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 66px;\"\u003eSow outdoors in final growing position, 1cm (1\/2in) deep,  5cm (2in) apart with rows 30 cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 286px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 88px;\"\u003eFor indoor sowings, once the seedlings appear transplant to final growing position after hardening off for 7 days. Plant 15cm (6in) apart in rows 30cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 66px;\"\u003eFor outdoor sowings, as seedlings appear thin out weakest seedlings gradually until plants are spaced 15cm (6in)apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 66px;\"\u003eIf growing in a pot or container aim to have about 5 plants growing to maturity once you have thinned out seedlings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 22px;\"\u003eProtect young seedlings from birds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 22px;\"\u003eJune to March.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 66px;\"\u003eCut leaves as soon as they are large enough to harvest, this will usually be 35- 49 days (5-7 weeks) after sowing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 176px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 66px;\"\u003eRegular cropping of leaves encourages new growth. Cut young leaves for salads, leaving the more mature leaves for cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 110px;\"\u003eSpinach perpetual is naturally a perennial and will continue cropping in a second year, although it will not be as vigorous. If left to seed they will self-sow and seedlings can be transplanted to a new site.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 66px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 22px;\"\u003eGood companion: Brassicas and beans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eBad companion: Cucumbers, potatoes, tomatoes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eRich in Beta carotene, calcium and iron.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px; height: 110px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 110px;\"\u003eThe young leaves can be used in salads or use the more mature leaves as you would spinach, either steamed and served as any other green vegetable or added to quiche, lasagne, pies, pasta, curries or as a pizza topping. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":27543391560,"sku":"SP-PER-001","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":27543391624,"sku":"SP-PER-001b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bimap_Perpetual_Spinach.png?v=1734606199"},{"product_id":"spring-onion-white-lisbon","title":"Spring Onion White Lisbon","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpring Onion - White Lisbon\u003c\/strong\u003e is a popular heritage variety, with long white stems, a crisp texture and mild flavour. With a short growing time, these seeds are ideal for successional sowing and therefore great to \u003cstrong\u003egrow in pots\u003c\/strong\u003e and containers giving you a continuous crop all summer long. Awarded the RHS Award of Garden Merit in 1993 and reliable and easy to grow. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 470px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 22px;\"\u003eMarch to October direct outdoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 176px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 88px;\"\u003eSpring onions prefer an open, sunny site with fertile and well-drained soil, ideally neutral to slightly alkaline. Do not plant or sow on freshly manured bed. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 88px;\"\u003eSow seed direct, in a prepared bed or in a pot or container, 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep in drills, 2.5cm (1in) apart with rows 15cm apart. Cover with a cloche or fleece to protect from frost.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 82px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 126px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 82px;\"\u003eNo thinning should be necessary, you can pick small spring onions and use as chives from May onwards.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 44px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px; height: 66px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 66px;\"\u003eMarch to October, 6-8 weeks after sowing. October sowings can be overwintered and harvested the following spring.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 176px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 44px;\"\u003eSow successionally every 3 weeks to give a continuous crop all summer long.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 66px;\"\u003eAs spring onions have a short growing time, they can be grown in between slower growing vegetables as a catch crop or as a row marker.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 66px;\"\u003eLater spring onion sowings may remain in the ground through to December if the weather remains mild. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 66px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 44px;\"\u003eGood companions: Brassicas, beetroots, strawberries, tomatoes, lettuces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 22px;\"\u003eBad companions: Peas and Beans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 88px;\"\u003eAntibacterial and antiseptic properties, due to beneficial sulphur compounds. A good source of antioxidants. Also high in Vitamin C, calcium and iron.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 88px;\"\u003eBoth the long, slender green tops and the small white bulb are edible and are good either raw or cooked. Excellent in salads, oriental cooking or sliced with duck and pancakes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"400","offer_id":27543629320,"sku":"SP-WHI-001","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100","offer_id":27543629384,"sku":"SP-WHI-001b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_White_Lisbon.png?v=1549730625"},{"product_id":"pumpkin-jack-olantern","title":"Pumpkin Jack O'Lantern","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePumpkin Jack O'Lantern\u003c\/strong\u003e is a great all rounder, because as its name suggests, it is great for making traditional Halloween lanterns but it is also great for cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe orange - yellow sweet flavoured flesh is great roasted or baked or made into soups and pies. The fruit weigh between 4-7kg each and the rind is ribbed and bright orange with a thick flesh allowing easy carving. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 460px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eApril to Mid May indoors, late May to June outdoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eAll pumpkins need well-drained, nutrient-rich soil. Work at least 3 inches (more for larger pumpkin types) of compost or other organic matter into soil prior to planting. Create a raised bed or planting mound if soil tends to be heavy and poorly draining. Soil pH should be 6.0 to 6.8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eIf sowing indoors fill a 7.5cm (3in) pot with compost, firm down and sow 1 seed per pot 2cm (3\/4 in) deep. When sowing place the seed on its side ( to help prevent dampening off). Keep soil moist at all times but do not over water.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eIf sowing outdoors, sow direct into final growing position, either in a seed bed or in a large pot or container, ensuring that each plant is 1m, in each direction, from its nearest neighbour. Again sow seeds on their sides 2cm (3\/4 in) deep, placing 2 seeds at each station, which will be thinned out later ensuring that the strongest seedling survives. If there is still a risk of frost in your area cover seed with a cloche. Keep soil moist at all times but do not over water.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eFor seeds which have been sown indoors or in a greenhouse, once the seedling has its first pair of leaves and a third leaf is just appearing transplant into a larger pot. Harden them of for 7 to 10 days before planting them outside in their final growing position, 1m apart in each direction, once the risk of frost has passed. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eFor seeds which were planted outside , thin seedlings to one plant per station.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eProtect succulent young growth from slugs and snails. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eContinue to water regularly, particularly once the plants are in flower and then when the fruits have started to swell.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eCushion the growing fruit from sitting directly on the soil by either placing an old tile or flat stone underneath the fruit or by encouraging the trailing stems to form a sling underneath the fruit.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eSeptember to October, 4 months from sowing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eFor earlier yields and larger fruits the plants should be stopped once there are 2 to 3 fruits per plant. This is done by pinching out the growing tip and removing any additional fruit, so that the energy is targeted on growing the fruits rather than the plant itself.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eRemove any leaves which are putting the fruits in shade as this will ensure the fruits receive the maximum sunshine hours to ripen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eHarvest the pumpkin when mature by cutting the stem with a sharp knife before the first frosts arrive. Allow a long stem 8cm (3in) to be left on the fruit. This will reduce the risk of rotting and can be used as a handle for transportation to avoid bruising the fruit.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eTo cure the fruit (harden the skin) leave in the sun for about 10 days, if there is a chance of frost bring indoors and leave on a sunny windowsill. Once cured your pumpkins should last for up to 2 months as long as it is stored in a cool and dry environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eCalendula (Pot Marigold), Nasturtiums, Radishes, Garlic, Beans and Peas,\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eA good source of vitamins A, C and E.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003ePumpkins are very versatile for cooking as they can be baked, roasted, boiled, casseroled or stir fried.  They make lovely creamy soups and pies,  or are delicious roasted and served with spinach and ricotta in a lasagne.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"15","offer_id":27543873864,"sku":"SQ-JOL-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Jack_O_Lantern.png?v=1549730612"},{"product_id":"tomato-moneymaker","title":"Tomato Moneymaker","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTomato Moneymaker\u003c\/strong\u003e has been one of the most popular varieties of tomato for home growers since the 1960's due to its reliability and heavy crop of medium sized, well flavoured and smooth skinned bright red fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is suitable for growing in both a greenhouse or outdoors, even in a poor British summer, and will grow to about 2 metres high. As the fruits do not all set at once, Moneymaker has a longer harvest period than many other varieties. A great variety to \u003cstrong\u003egrow in pots\u003c\/strong\u003e or containers when space is limited, up against a wall or garage. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 457px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 44px;\"\u003eSow indoors February to April, delay sowing for outdoor crops until late March \/April.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 220px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 110px;\"\u003eTomatoes prefer fertile well drained soil. Moneymaker tomatoes can be grown either in a greenhouse or outside, in a sunny sheltered position e.g. up against a wall or garage, either in a bed, large pot\/container or in grow bags.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 110px;\"\u003eSow seeds 0.5cm (1\/4in) deep, in modules or trays filled with moist compost and place in a warm light position such as a south facing windowsill or where temperature is 18–21°C (65 to 70°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 164px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 472px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 164px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings are about 15cm (6in) high, transplant to their final growing positions, planting 40cm (16in) apart if in a bed or 2 to 3 plants per grow bag\/container. If the plants are to be grown outdoors they should be hardened of for 7 to 10 days,  after the date of the last frost, prior to transplanting. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 88px;\"\u003eErect support as soon as possible, either with canes or metal spiral supports at least 2m (6.5ft) tall. Tie in the main stem to the support as it grows.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 44px;\"\u003eWater well to keep the compost evenly and consistently moist and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 110px;\"\u003eRemove, 'pinch out', side shoots which appear between the leaf and main stem  and once 5 to 6 trusses have set remove the growing tip to ensure the plant focuses its energy on ensuring the remaining fruits mature and ripen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 66px;\"\u003eWhen the first fruits start to form, feed with a liquid fertiliser (high in potash) and every 2 to 3 weeks up until the end of August.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 22px;\"\u003eJuly to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 132px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 66px;\"\u003eTry potting up side shoots as soon as they are removed, they should develop roots easily and will give you some additional plants.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 66px;\"\u003ePick fruits before first frosts. If tomatoes are still green, pick and leave on a warm windowsill for them to ripen. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 44px;\"\u003eGood companions: Basil, chives, garlic, marigolds, nasturtium, parsley.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 44px;\"\u003eBad Companions: Brassicas, sweetcorn, potato and fennel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 88px;\"\u003eTomatoes are packed with antioxidants and are rich in Vitamins A and C, all helping to stimulate your immune system.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 154px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 154px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 154px;\"\u003eTomatoes are extremely versatile , eaten both cooked and raw. They can be sliced in a sandwich, eaten whole in a salad, chopped and cooked in various sauces or if a bigger variety, they can be stuffed and baked. The unripened green fruits can also be used in a tomato chutney.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"30","offer_id":27545460808,"sku":"TO-MON-001","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10","offer_id":27545460872,"sku":"TO-MON-001B","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Moneymaker.png?v=1549730638"},{"product_id":"tomato-gardeners-delight","title":"Tomato Gardeners Delight","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGardener's Delight\u003c\/strong\u003e produces a heavy crop of bite sized, sweet and tangy, red cherry tomatoes that are ideal for sandwiches and salads. This RHS AGM variety is reliable and prolific whether grown in a greenhouse or outdoors on a sunny patio, and will grow up to 2m tall. An excellent heritage variety to grow to get that home grown flavour and a long harvest period. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 452px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 44px;\"\u003eSow indoors February to April, delay sowing for outdoor crops until late March \/April.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 220px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 110px;\"\u003eTomatoes prefer fertile well drained soil. Gardeners delight can be grown either in a greenhouse or outside, in a sunny sheltered position e.g. up against a wall or garage, either in a bed, large pot\/container or in grow bags.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 110px;\"\u003eSow seeds 0.5cm (1\/4in) deep, in modules or trays filled with moist compost and place in a warm light position such as a south facing windowsill or where temperature is 18–21°C (65 to 70°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 154px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 462px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 154px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings are about 15cm (6in) high, transplant to their final growing positions planting 40cm (16in) apart if in a bed or 2 to 3 plants per grow bag\/container. If the plants are to be grown outdoors they should be hardened of for 7 to 10 days,  after the date of the last frost and prior to transplanting. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 88px;\"\u003eErect supports as soon as possible, either with canes or metal spiral supports at least 2m (6.5ft) tall. Tie in the main stem to the support as it grows.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 44px;\"\u003eWater well to keep the compost evenly and consistently moist and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 110px;\"\u003eRemove (pinch out) side shoots which appear between the leaf and main stem, and once 5 to 6 'trusses' have set remove the growing tip to ensure the plant focuses energy on ensuring that the remaining fruits mature and ripen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 66px;\"\u003eWhen the first fruits start to form, feed with a liquid fertiliser (high in potash) and every 2 to 3 weeks up until the end of August.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 22px;\"\u003eJuly to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 132px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 66px;\"\u003eTry potting up side shoots as soon as they are removed, they should develop roots easily and will give you some additional plants.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 66px;\"\u003ePick fruits before first frosts. If tomatoes are still green, pick and leave on a warm windowsill for them to ripen. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 44px;\"\u003eGood companions: Basil, chives, garlic, marigolds, nasturtium, parsley.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 44px;\"\u003eBad Companions: Brassicas, sweetcorn, potato and fennel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 88px;\"\u003eTomatoes are packed with antioxidants and are rich in Vitamins A and C and lycopene, all helping to stimulate your body’s immune system.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 154px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 154px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 154px;\"\u003eTomatoes are extremely versatile , eaten both cooked and raw. They can be sliced in a sandwich, eaten whole in a salad, chopped and cooked in various sauces, or if a bigger variety, they can be stuffed and baked. The unripened green fruits can also be used in a tomato chutney.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"30","offer_id":27545704968,"sku":"TO-GAR-002","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10","offer_id":27545705032,"sku":"TO-GAR-002b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Gardeners_Delight.png?v=1549730637"},{"product_id":"turnip-purple-top-milan","title":"Turnip Purple Top Milan","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTurnip Purple Top Milan\u003c\/strong\u003e is an Italian heritage turnip variety that produces purple and white flat shaped roots with sweet mild flavoured crisp white flesh. It is a very fast growing variety and can be started early in the spring under the protection of a cloche or fleece, and then sown successionally right through until the end of August.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs they are quick to mature, you can re-sow in the gaps where you have harvested the root from and you can also harvest the green tops when they are young and tender, making them perfect to \u003cstrong\u003egrow in a pot\u003c\/strong\u003e or container. An excellent 2 for 1 vegetable that makes great use of limited space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 456px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 44px;\"\u003eSow successionally (every 2 - 3 weeks )in March-April and July-August\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 242px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 88px;\"\u003eTurnips grow best in light well drained humus rich soil. Prepare the seed bed by digging over and removing any stones, firm down and lightly rake the surface.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 110px;\"\u003eSow seeds direct into growing position (as turnip seedlings do not transplant well) either in a seed bed or in a pot or container which is at least 20cm deep. Sow thinly , 2cm (3\/4in) deep with rows spaced 25cm (10in) apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 44px;\"\u003eProtect early sowings, with either a cloche or fleece, from frosts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 110px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 44px;\"\u003eAs soon as the seedlings show there first pair of true leaves thin out to 10cm (4in) apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 66px;\"\u003eKeep weed free and water well, ensuring the soil does not become dry as this may impede the root growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 20px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 108px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 20px;\"\u003eJune to November.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 88px;\"\u003eHarvest when the roots when they are young ( size of a golf ball) for eating raw or the size of a tennis ball for cooking, approximately 35-45 days after sowing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 418px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 88px;\"\u003eAs turnips prefer cooler climates they are best harvested before temperatures reach 24C (75F) as hotter temperatures can cause the roots to become woody.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 66px;\"\u003eIf you harvest alternative plants you can continue to sow successionally in the gaps to maximise space and growing season.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 176px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 176px;\"\u003eTurnip greens are edible, and for the sweetest flavour, are best harvested when they are small 10 to 15 cm (4 to 6 in), leaving the inner, less developed leaf tips to grow again which will give you a second harvest a few days later. Only harvest the greens once, if you want to harvest the turnip root, as removing the greens inhibits growth of the root.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 88px;\"\u003eTurnip roots can be left in the ground into early winter, if they are protected by a heavy covering of straw mulch, and the early winter frosts may actually sweeten their flavour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 44px;\"\u003eLikes: Peas, broccoli and cabbage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 22px;\"\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 22px;\"\u003eDislikes: Potato, radish, carrot and mustard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 44px;\"\u003eA good source of dietary fibre, vitamin B6 and C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 176px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 176px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 176px;\"\u003eTurnips are a staple for autumn and winter cooking, used in soups, casseroles and as an accompaniment to your favourite roast meat either mashed or roasted. However younger turnips are also delicious eaten raw in salads or in a coleslaw. The turnip green tops can also be eaten when young,  either lightly steamed or boiled or  shredded raw in salads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"500","offer_id":27546239304,"sku":"TU-PTM-001","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"200","offer_id":27546239368,"sku":"TU-PTM-001b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/files\/BitmapTurnipPurpleTopMilan.png?v=1699878913"},{"product_id":"french-bean-climbing-blue-lake","title":"French Bean Climbing Blue Lake","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake \u003c\/strong\u003ebeans have a dark green cylindrical, stringless and plump pod. The pod contains tiny pale green to white edible seeds. The bean's flavour is distinctively mild, sweet, with a crisp-tender texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake beans produce an abundant crop of pods that can reach 15-18cm in length from a plant which grows 1.5-1.7m in height. This \u003cstrong\u003eheritage\u003c\/strong\u003e bean variety, with crisp white flowers, will look beautiful \u003cstrong\u003egrown in a pot\u003c\/strong\u003e or container on a sunny sheltered spot on your patio. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 455px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 308px;\"\u003eSow indoors late April and May, outdoors in late May to July.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"height: 220px; width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 308px;\"\u003eSow indoors in compost filled pots 4cm (1.5in) deep. Place in a warm sunny position and water regularly until they germinate. Sow direct outdoors, placing 2 seeds at the base of each support (at least 23cm (9in) apart), 4 cm ( 1.5in) deep.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 88px; width: 308px;\"\u003eIt is best to construct a support prior to sowing or planting beans. They will climb up sticks, canes, heavy sting, wire or mesh nylon net. The support could be in the form of a wigwam of canes or  mesh net attached to 2 horizontal posts approx. 1.8m in height.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 308px;\"\u003eFrench beans prefer moist, fertile soil in a sunny position, sheltered from strong winds. Prepare the seed bed or pot\/container by digging over and adding plenty of organic material to help retain moisture. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"height: 98px; width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 308px;\"\u003eTransplant seeds sown indoors to a final growing position once the risk of frost has passed. Place a seedling at the base of each support (at least 23cm (9in) apart) and water well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 10px; width: 308px;\"\u003eFor seeds sown direct, remove the weakest seedling at each support station. As the seedlings grow encourage them to grow up the support.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 308px;\"\u003eKeep weed free and water well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 308px;\"\u003eJuly to September\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"height: 242px; width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 308px;\"\u003ePrior to sowing place seeds on damp paper towelling until they swell as this will initiate germination.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 88px; width: 308px;\"\u003eTry sowing beans in compost filled toilet roll cardboard inners, this allows the soil to be free draining and also allows gives the roots plenty of room to grow. When the seedlings are ready to plant out the cardboard rolls they can be placed directly into the seed bed minimising root disturbance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 308px;\"\u003eOnce the beans have reached the top of the support, remove the growing tip. This will encourage the plant to focus more of its energy on growing beans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 308px;\"\u003ePick beans often and do not allow them to get too large (before you can see the bean seed shape inside). This will encourage a longer and heavier crop and prevent the beans becoming stringy.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"height: 66px; width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 308px;\"\u003eGood Companions: Rosemary, peas, cucumbers, carrots, chives, radishes, lettuce, nasturtiums.  \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 308px;\"\u003eBad  Companions: Onion or fennel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 308px;\"\u003eA good source of vitamins A, K and folic acid.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 88px; width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 88px; width: 308px;\"\u003eFrench beans are a mild and versatile vegetable. They can be served whole, sliced or shelled. Add whole or halved to salads, sautéed or steam with other vegetables or chop and cook in curry, risottos, omelettes and casseroles. They are also a  good vegetable to freeze after blanching. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"75","offer_id":27548455560,"sku":"FB-BLU-001","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"30","offer_id":27548455624,"sku":"FB-BLU-001b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Blue_Lake.png?v=1549730569"},{"product_id":"tomato-super-marmande","title":"Tomato Super Marmande","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Marmande\u003c\/strong\u003e is a French \u003cstrong\u003eheritage\u003c\/strong\u003e variety and classic beefsteak tomato which is firm fleshed, meaty and full flavoured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe irregular scarlet-red Super Marmande tomato is touched with pink on the shoulder and averages 160 to 180g in weight. The semi bush variety is easy to grow either in a \u003cstrong\u003egreenhouse or outdoors\u003c\/strong\u003e and will require some support for the heavy fruit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal grilled, fried, sliced on sandwiches or with mozzarella and olive oil, this a tomato to impress your friends.....\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 418.792px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eSow indoors February to April, delay sowing for outdoor crops until late March \/April.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eTomatoes prefer fertile well drained soil. Can be grown either in a greenhouse or outside, in a sunny sheltered position e.g. up against a wall or garage, either in a bed, large pot\/container or in grow bags.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eSow seeds 0.5cm (1\/4in) deep, in modules or trays filled with moist compost and place in a warm light position such as a south facing windowsill or where temperature is 18–21°C (65 to 70°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the seedlings are about 15cm (6in) high, transplant to their final growing positions, planting 40cm (16in) apart if in a bed or 2 to 3 plants per grow bag\/container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the plants are to be grown outdoors they should be hardened of for 7 to 10 days,  after the date of the last frost, prior to transplanting. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eErect support as soon as possible, either with canes or metal spiral supports at least 2m (6.5ft) tall. Tie in the main stem to the support as it grows.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eWater well to keep the compost evenly and consistently moist and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eRemove, 'pinch out', side shoots which appear between the leaf and main stem  and once 5 to 6 trusses have set remove the growing tip to ensure the plant focuses its energy on ensuring the remaining fruits mature and ripen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eWhen the first fruits start to form, feed with a liquid fertiliser (high in potash) and every 2 to 3 weeks up until the end of August.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eJuly to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eTry potting up side shoots as soon as they are removed, they should develop roots easily and will give you some additional plants.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003ePick fruits before first frosts. If tomatoes are still green, pick and leave on a warm windowsill for them to ripen. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eGood companions: Basil, chives, garlic, marigolds, nasturtium, parsley.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eBad Companions: Brassicas, sweetcorn, potato and fennel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eTomatoes are packed with antioxidants and are rich in Vitamins A and C and lycopene, all helping to stimulate your body’s immune system.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eTomatoes are extremely versatile, eaten both cooked and raw. They can be sliced in a sandwich, eaten whole in a salad, chopped and cooked in various sauces or if a bigger variety, they can be stuffed and baked. The unripened green fruits can also be used in a tomato chutney.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"30","offer_id":6871699390500,"sku":"TO-SUP-005","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10","offer_id":6871699423268,"sku":"TO-SUP-005b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Tomato_Super_Marmande.png?v=1549730640"},{"product_id":"beetroot-golden","title":"Beetroot Golden","description":"\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGolden beetroot\u003c\/strong\u003e has attractive globe shaped orange-yellow roots that turn golden yellow when cooked. They are slightly sweeter than red beetroot and don't dye other ingredients which they are cooked with.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eThey can be harvested as baby beets but also have a sweet taste, fine texture and are tender even when large.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 416.941px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 94px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 310.941px;\"\u003eMarch to July (Early March in a cold frame or under cloches for an earlier crop \/ sown in July to produce baby beet in the autumn)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 94px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 310.941px;\"\u003eSow thinly in shallow drills 2cm (3\/4\") deep with 30cm (12\") between rows. It is best to sow beetroot seeds directly into the ground (or a pot\/container) when the temperature of the soil has warmed to about 7°C (44°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 94px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 310.941px;\"\u003eEach 'seed' is actually a fruit composed of three or four seeds. Thin the seedlings gradually as they grow to an eventual spacing of 10cm (4\"). If carefully removed, the seedlings can be transplanted to form additional rows. Once the roots have developed and they start to swell, beetroots need to be watered moderately. Beetroot has shallow roots and it is important to keep the plants moist. If they experience long dry periods, the beetroot will become hairy and fibrous. Intermittent or inadequate watering can result in stress cracks and breakdown of roots. Don't overwater as this only encourages leaf growth and not bulb growth. During cool weather, the plants can be watered once a week. During very hot weather, less water can be given two to three times a week instead of a lot of water once a week. To harvest; lift carefully, twist off the stems with your hands to prevent the plants bleeding their juice.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 94px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 310.941px;\"\u003eJune to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 94px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 310.941px;\"\u003eThe seeds require plenty of moisture to germinate. Soaking them in warm water for an hour or two prior to planting is a great way to speed up germination. Prevent a glut when planting beetroot by sowing your seed in stages, a small batch at a time every couple of weeks, will give a continuous harvest. If the soil is well drained (or they are grown in a pot or container) they be left in the soil for winter in mild areas. Cover with a layer of straw for extra protection.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 94px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 310.941px;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood Companions - Onions, Silver beet, Kohlrabi, Lettuce, Cabbage, Dwarf Beans. Aromatic Herbs, Celery, Chamomile, Spinach, Chard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBad Companions - tall beans, runner beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 94px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 310.941px;\"\u003eRich in beta carotene calcium , iron \u0026amp; folic acid. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 94px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 310.941px;\"\u003eThe roots can be eaten cooked (boiled, steamed or roasted) hot or cold, or grated raw in salads. Small beets are also excellent pickled.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"80","offer_id":6875770748964,"sku":"BE-GOL-005","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/files\/BitmapGolden.png?v=1699878751"},{"product_id":"aubergine-black-beauty","title":"Aubergine Black Beauty","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAubergine 'Black Beauty'\u003c\/strong\u003e is an excellent variety producing beautiful pear shaped, glossy, deep purple fruits with a nice flavour and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack Beauty\u003c\/strong\u003e is relatively early to produce fruits and you will be harvesting aubergines from August onwards, best picked when the skin is still shiny.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAubergine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a staple of Mediterranean and Middle Eastern dishes and is excellent as a vegetable side dish in its own right, sliced thinly and baked in the oven.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 415.927px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eJanuary to April for growing under glass or March to April for planting outdoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eCan be grown either in a greenhouse or outside, in a sunny sheltered position e.g. up against a wall or garage, either in a bed, large pot\/container or in grow bags.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eSow seeds 0.5cm (1\/4in) deep, in modules or trays filled with moist compost and place in a warm light position such as a south facing windowsill or where temperature is 20 to 25°C (68 to 77°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings are about 15cm (6in) high, transplant to their final growing positions, planting 50cm (20in) apart if in a bed or 2 to 3 plants per grow bag\/container. If the plants are to be grown outdoors they should be hardened of for 7 to 10 days,  after the date of the last frost, prior to transplanting. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003ePinch out the growing tip when the plant is 30cm (12in) high and stake the stems. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eAdd tomato feed to each watering once the fruit have started to swell.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eHarvest fruits when they are about 12-15cm (5-6in) long and the skin surface is still shiny, as once they lose the shine they start to become bitter.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eAugust to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eMisting the foliage down with warm water will deter red spider mite and to help the flowers set.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eRemove remaining flowers when five or six fruits have set. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eGood companions Beans, peppers, tomatoes,\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eAubergines are a good source of dietary fibre. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eAubergines are an essential ingredient in many Southern European and Middle Eastern dishes and excellent as a vegetable sliced thinly and baked in the oven. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"100","offer_id":6877029761060,"sku":"AU-BLA-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":6877043425316,"sku":"AU-BLA-001b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Aubergine_Black_Beauty.png?v=1734514605"},{"product_id":"courgette-tromboncino-albenga","title":"Courgette Tromboncino Albenga","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCourgette 'Tromboncino Albenga'\u003c\/strong\u003e is a fun and popular Italian heritage summer courgette which can produce long, curled, ornamental fruit (up to 1 metre long but best harvested when they are 30cm long). It has a sweeter flavour than other courgettes and the long neck is always free of seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for growing where space is limited, as they can be grown in large pots or containers and trained vertically up a trellis, arch or other support. An easy and versatile vegetable for grilling, roasting, frying and also for putting a crunch into salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 457px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eApril to May indoors or in a greenhouse, May to June outdoors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eIf sowing indoors fill a 7.5cm (3in) pot with compost, firm down and sow 1 seed per pot 2.5cm (1 in) deep. When sowing place the seed on its side. Keep soil moist at all times but do not over water.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf sowing outdoors, sow direct into the final growing position either in a seed bed or in a large pot or container and place where the plant will have plenty of room to trail and climb (up a trellis, fence etc).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure that each plant is 1m, in each direction, from its nearest neighbour. Sow seeds on their sides 2.5cm (1 in) deep, placing 2 seeds at each station, which will be thinned out later ensuring that the strongest seedling survives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf there is still a risk of frost in your area cover seed with a cloche. Keep soil moist at all times but do not over water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eOnce the seedling has its first pair of leaves and a third leaf is just appearing, transplant into a larger pot. Harden off the plants for 7 to 10 days before planting them outside in their final growing position (once the risk of frost has passed). \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eFor seeds which were planted outside , thin seedlings to one plant per station.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eProtect succulent young growth from slugs and snails. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eContinue to water regularly, particularly once the plants are in flower and then when the fruits have started to swell.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eRegularly harvest the Courgette fruits to encourage more growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eJuly to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eCourgettes have both male and female flowers,  with the female bearing the fruit once it has been pollinated by the pollen from the male flower. To encourage pollination it is advisable to plant 2 to 3 courgette plants (each plant will produce up to 20 fruit) at a time and then leave the rest to the bees.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eAs courgettes are heat loving plants, a pot or container in the warmest spot on the patio  is one of the best places to grow courgettes and you won't be disappointed with their beautiful yellow flower displays in the height of summer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eThe more you pick, the more you will grow! Harvest the courgette by cutting away at the stem with a sharp knife when they are between 10 -20cm long. If you leave off harvesting, the courgettes will grow as big as 25-35 cm. This takes more energy from the plant and you will not harvest as many courgettes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eFruits that directly touch the soil can rot in wet weather so it is advisable to mulch with straw around the base of the plant.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eThe leaves of the courgettes are susceptible to powdery mildew therefore remove any infected leaves as soon as they appear.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eCalendula (Pot Marigold), Nasturtiums, Radishes, Garlic, Beans and Peas.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eCourgettes are very healthy and contain lots of Vitamin B and C as well as Calcium, Iron and Phosphate.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eCourgettes are extremely versatile and can be baked, grilled, steamed, stewed, roasted, stir fried or eaten raw.  Served simply roasted with a topping of  grated Parmesan cheese, garlic and seasoning is absolutely delicious. The flowers are also edible and can be stuffed with cream cheese, battered and deep fried. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"8","offer_id":10038963437604,"sku":"CO-TRO-005","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Trombincino_Albenga.png?v=1549730562"},{"product_id":"courgette-tondo-chiaro-di-nizzi","title":"Courgette Tondo Chiaro Di Nizza","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCourgette 'Tondo Chiaro di Nizza' \u003c\/strong\u003eis an unusual Italian heritage variety with round shaped courgettes, that have a pale green skin and great flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plants are very productive and the pale green fruits should be cut when they are about 10-15 cm in diameter. They are perfect for stuffing and baking whole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 457px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eApril to May indoors or in a greenhouse, May to June outdoors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eIf sowing indoors fill a 7.5cm (3in) pot with compost, firm down and sow 1 seed per pot 2.5cm (1 in) deep. When sowing place the seed on its side. Keep soil moist at all times but do not over water.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf sowing outdoors, sow direct into the final growing position either in a seed bed or in a large pot or container and place where the plant will have plenty of room to trail and climb (up a trellis, fence etc).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure that each plant is 1m, in each direction, from its nearest neighbour. Sow seeds on their sides 2.5cm (1 in) deep, placing 2 seeds at each station, which will be thinned out later ensuring that the strongest seedling survives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf there is still a risk of frost in your area cover seed with a cloche. Keep soil moist at all times but do not over water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce the seedling has its first pair of leaves and a third leaf is just appearing, transplant into a larger pot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarden off the plants for 7 to 10 days before planting them outside in their final growing position (once the risk of frost has passed). \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eFor seeds which were planted outside , thin seedlings to one plant per station.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eProtect succulent young growth from slugs and snails. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eContinue to water regularly, particularly once the plants are in flower and then when the fruits have started to swell.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eRegularly harvest the Courgette fruits to encourage more growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eJuly to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCourgettes have both male and female flowers,  with the female bearing the fruit once it has been pollinated by the pollen from the male flower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo encourage pollination it is advisable to plant 2 to 3 courgette plants (each plant will produce up to 20 fruit) at a time and then leave the rest to the bees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eAs courgettes are heat loving plants, a pot or container in the warmest spot on the patio  is one of the best places to grow courgettes and you won't be disappointed with their beautiful yellow flower displays in the height of summer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eThe more you pick, the more you will grow! Harvest the courgette by cutting away at the stem with a sharp knife when they are between 10 -20cm long. If you leave off harvesting, the courgettes will grow as big as 25-35 cm. This takes more energy from the plant and you will not harvest as many courgettes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eFruits that directly touch the soil can rot in wet weather so it is advisable to mulch with straw around the base of the plant.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eThe leaves of the courgettes are susceptible to powdery mildew therefore remove any infected leaves as soon as they appear.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eCalendula (Pot Marigold), Nasturtiums, Radishes, Garlic, Beans and Peas.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eCourgettes are very healthy and contain lots of Vitamin B and C as well as Calcium, Iron and Phosphate.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 127px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 316px;\"\u003eCourgettes are extremely versatile and can be baked, grilled, steamed, stewed, roasted, stir fried or eaten raw.  Served simply roasted with a topping of  grated Parmesan cheese, garlic and seasoning is absolutely delicious. The flowers are also edible and can be stuffed with cream cheese, battered and deep fried. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"10","offer_id":10039008919588,"sku":"CO-TON-004","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/files\/BitmapTondoDiNizza.png?v=1699878995"},{"product_id":"tomato-san","title":"Tomato San Marzano Red Plum","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis classic Italian \u003cstrong\u003eheritage plum tomato\u003c\/strong\u003e is considered to be the best variety for making sauces and passata, and has been designated as the only tomato that can be used to make True Neapolitan Pizza.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis prolific tomato will grow well in the greenhouse as well as outside, ripens quickly and produces crops over a long period. The fruits are meaty with a sweet flavour and contain very little water and few seeds which make it ideal for tomato sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 457px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 44px;\"\u003eSow indoors February to April, delay sowing for outdoor crops until late March \/April.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 220px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 110px;\"\u003eTomatoes prefer fertile well drained soil. San Marzano Red Plum tomatoes can be grown either in a greenhouse or outside, in a sunny sheltered position e.g. up against a wall or garage, either in a bed, large pot\/container or in grow bags.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 110px;\"\u003eSow seeds 0.5cm (1\/4in) deep, in modules or trays filled with moist compost and place in a warm light position such as a south facing windowsill or where temperature is 18–21°C (65 to 70°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 164px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 472px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 164px;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the seedlings are about 15cm (6in) high, transplant to their final growing positions, planting 40cm (16in) apart if in a bed or 2 to 3 plants per grow bag\/container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the plants are to be grown outdoors they should be hardened of for 7 to 10 days,  after the date of the last frost, prior to transplanting. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 88px;\"\u003eErect support as soon as possible, either with canes or metal spiral supports at least 2m (6.5ft) tall. Tie in the main stem to the support as it grows.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 44px;\"\u003eWater well to keep the compost evenly and consistently moist and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 110px;\"\u003eRemove, 'pinch out', side shoots which appear between the leaf and main stem  and once 5 to 6 trusses have set remove the growing tip to ensure the plant focuses its energy on ensuring the remaining fruits mature and ripen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 66px;\"\u003eWhen the first fruits start to form, feed with a liquid fertiliser (high in potash) and every 2 to 3 weeks up until the end of August.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 22px;\"\u003eJuly to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 132px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 66px;\"\u003eTry potting up side shoots as soon as they are removed, they should develop roots easily and will give you some additional plants.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 66px;\"\u003ePick fruits before first frosts. If tomatoes are still green, pick and leave on a warm windowsill for them to ripen. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 44px;\"\u003eGood companions: Basil, chives, garlic, marigolds, nasturtium, parsley.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 44px;\"\u003eBad Companions: Brassicas, sweetcorn, potato and fennel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 88px;\"\u003eTomatoes are packed with antioxidants and are rich in Vitamins A and C, all helping to stimulate your immune system.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 154px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 154px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 154px;\"\u003eTomatoes are extremely versatile , eaten both cooked and raw. They can be sliced in a sandwich, eaten whole in a salad, chopped and cooked in various sauces or if a bigger variety, they can be stuffed and baked. The unripened green fruits can also be used in a tomato chutney.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"30","offer_id":10039288168484,"sku":"TO-SAN-007","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10","offer_id":10039288201252,"sku":"TO-SAN-007B","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_San_Marzano_Red_Plum.png?v=1549730639"},{"product_id":"pea-douce-provence-1","title":"Pea Douce Provence","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePea 'Douce Provence'\u003c\/strong\u003e is a first early variety, good for early and autumn sowing. It produces very sweet peas on compact plants and is a reliable variety producing large crops. The compact plants also make this variety perfect for pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 452px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eFeb\/March (indoors or undercover) to July (direct outdoors). Oct and Nov ( direct outdoors) for overwintering.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003ePeas prefer well drained , fertile soil which has been manured the previous autumn. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eSow indoors or in a greenhouse\/cold frame in Feb\/March, in modules. Sow 5cm (2in) deep and 5cm (2in)apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eSow direct in a flat bottom, weed free,  drill 5cm (2in) deep and 10cm (4in) wide from April onwards. Space seeds 5cm (2in) apart, in the drill, and then cover with soil and firm down with the end of a rake. Space each drill 60cm apart to allow access for picking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eProtect early seedlings outdoors from birds and to encourage growth with either a fleece or cloche.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eWhen seedlings planted in modules are well established and hardened off, transfer to their final growing position. Space modular plants 5cm (2in) apart around pea sticks or support frames.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eOnce seedlings are established, only water if conditions are very dry as overwatering at this stage encourages leafy growth at the expense of pods. Once the flowers appear, increase watering to encourage pod formation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eMulch heavily around the base of the plants as soon as seedlings established to keep weeds down.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eDwarf varieties of pea are self supporting, however if planted in an exposed area supports such as pea sticks, netting, trellis or string between canes may be useful.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eMay to September.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eTo improve the chances of success of early sowings cover the seed bed with either a cloche or fleece, a couple of weeks prior to sowing to warm up the soil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eTo increase the cropping season, sow pea seeds successionally every 2 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eIf you are  short on space, a catch crop of radish or lettuce can be sown between the pea drills, which can be harvested before the peas are ready to be picked.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eThis is an open pollinated variety so you can save seeds and they will come true to type next year.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eGood Companions:  Beans, Carrots, Corn, Cucumbers, Lettuce, Parsnips, Potatoes, Radishes, Spinach and Turnips.  Bad  Companions: Garlic and onions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eA good source of Vitamin A and Vitamins C, B1 and folic acid.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eIf they make it to the kitchen and are not eaten straight from the pod in the garden like ours, shelled peas are best cooked within 30 minutes of being harvested to preserve the sweet flavour. Lightly boil and served with a knob of butter. The young pea shoots can also be picked and eaten raw or lightly cooked.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"250","offer_id":31855333113989,"sku":"PE-DOU-003","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Lg-004_Pea_Douce_Provence.svg-g7447-171.png?v=1734606199"},{"product_id":"cabbage-ormskirk","title":"Cabbage Ormskirk","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOrmskirk savoy cabbage\u003c\/strong\u003e is an old \u003cstrong\u003eheritage variety\u003c\/strong\u003e which was first developed in England. It has a pale green centre and fine, blue-green outer leaves. Its texture is quite firm and crunchy, with a tenderness that brings out its fine nutty flavour when cooked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLike all Lancashire cabbages, the \u003cstrong\u003eOrmskirk\u003c\/strong\u003e doesn’t mind severe weather and will make it through the harshest winter without splitting. It matures in November, can be harvested in most years all the way through March, and can stand for weeks. In fact, the timing of its maturity and it’s fine nutty flavour makes it the perfect Christmas cabbage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 460.382px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 339.382px;\"\u003eMarch to June\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 339.382px;\"\u003eSow seed thinly in a prepared seed bed in shallow drills 1.5cm (1\/2\") deep. Keep well watered. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 339.382px;\"\u003eKeep well watered. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 339.382px;\"\u003eOnce the seeds have germinated, thin the seedlings to 8cm (3in) between each plant ensuring they are planted firm in the soil. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 339.382px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings are between 6 and 8cm high ( 2.5 to 3in) high they are ready for transplanting to their final growing site. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 339.382px;\"\u003eWater well the day before transplanting. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 339.382px;\"\u003ePlant firmly around 30cm apart and 30cm between rows. Draw earth up around the base of each stem and 'firm in' to improve the plants stability.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 339.382px;\"\u003eDraw earth up around the base of each stem and 'firm in' to improve the plants stability.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003eHarvest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 339.382px;\"\u003eDecember to March\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 339.382px;\"\u003eCover young plants with a protective netting or fleece to prevent attack from birds and insects. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 339.382px;\"\u003ePlace a collar around the stem of each plant to prevent cabbage root fly attacks. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 339.382px;\"\u003eMint: Useful against Cabbage White Butterflies, Aphids and Flea Beetles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 339.382px;\"\u003eExcellent source of vitamins A, C and B, Iron and Potassium. The darkest leaves contain the most nutrients. Low in calories!\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 339.382px;\"\u003eSteamed, used in stir-fry’s, fresh in salads or added to soups or stews.  Goes really well lightly fried in butter with bacon bits.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":31985740644485,"sku":"CA-ORM-004","price":1.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Cabbage_Ormskirk.png?v=1580293266"},{"product_id":"tomato-black-opal","title":"Tomato Black Opal","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack Opal \u003c\/strong\u003eproduces dark chocolate coloured cherry tomatoes with a tangy yet sweet flavour and excellent texture. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe small sized fruits when mature weigh about 20 grams each and this traditional indeterminate tomato can be grown staked or caned in an unheated greenhouse or outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 418.792px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eSow indoors February to April, delay sowing for outdoor crops until late March \/April.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eTomatoes prefer fertile well drained soil. Can be grown either in a greenhouse or outside, in a sunny sheltered position e.g. up against a wall or garage, either in a bed, large pot\/container or in grow bags.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eSow seeds 0.5cm (1\/4in) deep, in modules or trays filled with moist compost and place in a warm light position such as a south facing windowsill or where temperature is 18–21°C (65 to 70°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the seedlings are about 15cm (6in) high, transplant to their final growing positions, planting 40cm (16in) apart if in a bed or 2 to 3 plants per grow bag\/container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the plants are to be grown outdoors they should be hardened of for 7 to 10 days,  after the date of the last frost, prior to transplanting. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eErect support as soon as possible, either with canes or metal spiral supports at least 2m (6.5ft) tall. Tie in the main stem to the support as it grows.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eWater well to keep the compost evenly and consistently moist and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eRemove, 'pinch out', side shoots which appear between the leaf and main stem  and once 5 to 6 trusses have set remove the growing tip to ensure the plant focuses its energy on ensuring the remaining fruits mature and ripen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eWhen the first fruits start to form, feed with a liquid fertiliser (high in potash) and every 2 to 3 weeks up until the end of August.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eJuly to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eTry potting up side shoots as soon as they are removed, they should develop roots easily and will give you some additional plants.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003ePick fruits before first frosts. If tomatoes are still green, pick and leave on a warm windowsill for them to ripen. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eGood companions: Basil, chives, garlic, marigolds, nasturtium, parsley.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eBad Companions: Brassicas, sweetcorn, potato and fennel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eTomatoes are packed with antioxidants and are rich in Vitamins A and C and lycopene, all helping to stimulate your body’s immune system.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eTomatoes are extremely versatile, eaten both cooked and raw. They can be sliced in a sandwich, eaten whole in a salad, chopped and cooked in various sauces or if a bigger variety, they can be stuffed and baked. The unripened green fruits can also be used in a tomato chutney.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"10","offer_id":44201900835032,"sku":"TO-BLA-009","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/files\/BitmapBlackOpal.png?v=1713000326"},{"product_id":"seed-bundle-heritage","title":"Seed Bundle - Heritage Vegetable Mix","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur \u003cstrong\u003eHeritage Veg Mix seed bundle\u003c\/strong\u003e - All of the 10 varieties in this bundle are heritage vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeritage (or Heirloom) plant species are vegetables, flowers, and fruits grown from seeds that are passed down from generation to generation. Heritage vegetables have stood the test of time, are popular and flavoursome, and you can choose to save the seeds from these varieties to grow on again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis mix of ten seed packets is normally £18.50 when purchased separately, so order the Heritage Vegetable Mix as a bundle and SAVE!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWould you like a gift box to give this as a gift? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem - just select the '\u003cstrong\u003ewith Gift Box' variant for £2 extra\u003c\/strong\u003e and you will receive a sealed gift box containing the \u003cstrong\u003e10 packets\u003c\/strong\u003e and sealed with a lovely label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFull sowing instructions are featured on each seed packet and this bundle includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.seedstosow.co.uk\/collections\/all-vegetable-seeds\/products\/broccoli-raab-cima-di-rapa\" title=\"Broccoli Raab\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBroccoli Raab\u003c\/a\u003e,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"Beetroot Tonda Di Chioggia Seeds\" href=\"https:\/\/www.seedstosow.co.uk\/collections\/vegetables-a-to-c\/products\/beetroot-chioggia\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBeetroot Chioggia\u003c\/a\u003e,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"Tomato San Marzano Seeds\" href=\"https:\/\/www.seedstosow.co.uk\/collections\/vegetable-seed-q-to-z\/products\/tomato-san\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eTomato San Marzano\u003c\/a\u003e,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"Aubergine Black Beauty Seeds\" href=\"https:\/\/www.seedstosow.co.uk\/collections\/vegetables-a-to-c\/products\/aubergine-black-beauty\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAubergine Black Beauty\u003c\/a\u003e,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.seedstosow.co.uk\/collections\/vegetables-d-to-p\/products\/pea-douce-provence-1\" title=\"Pea Douce Provence Seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePea Douce Provence\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"Borlotto Bean  Seeds\" href=\"https:\/\/www.seedstosow.co.uk\/collections\/vegetables-d-to-p\/products\/french-bean-climbing-borlotto-lingua-di-fuoco\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBorlotto Beans\u003c\/a\u003e,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"Tuscan Kale Seeds\" href=\"https:\/\/www.seedstosow.co.uk\/collections\/vegetables-d-to-p\/products\/kale-nero-di-toscana-black-tuscan-kale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eTuscan Kale\u003c\/a\u003e,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"Perpetual Spinach Seeds\" href=\"https:\/\/www.seedstosow.co.uk\/collections\/vegetable-seed-q-to-z\/products\/perpetual-spinach-leaf-beet\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePerpetual Spinach\u003c\/a\u003e,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"Courgette Tondo Chiaro Di Nizza Seeds\" href=\"https:\/\/www.seedstosow.co.uk\/collections\/vegetables-a-to-c\/products\/courgette-tondo-chiaro-di-nizzi\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eCourgette Tondo Di Nizza\u003c\/a\u003e,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" title=\"Lambs Lettuce Seeds\" href=\"https:\/\/www.seedstosow.co.uk\/collections\/vegetables-d-to-p\/products\/lettuce-corn-salad-verte-de-cambrai\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLambs Lettuce 'Verte De Cambrai'\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFREE POSTAGE APPLIES TO SEED ONLY ORDERS OVER £15 - unless mixed with non-seed products\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"1 bundle of 10 packets","offer_id":52558826865024,"sku":"Heritage","price":17.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 bundle of 10 packets - with GIFT BOX","offer_id":52577331020160,"sku":"","price":19.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/files\/Heritage_Veg_Seed.jpg?v=1732644994"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/collections\/Large_Heritage_Variety.png?v=1773936366","url":"https:\/\/www.seedstosow.co.uk\/collections\/heritage-seeds-select-from-our-range.oembed?page=3","provider":"Seeds to Sow Limited","version":"1.0","type":"link"}